UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended
September 28, 2024
☐
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from to
001-14704
(Commission File Number)
______________________________________________
TYSON FOODS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
______________________________________________
Delaware
71-0225165
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2200 West Don Tyson Parkway,
Springdale, Arkansas
72762-6999
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(479) 290-4000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Trading Symbol
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Class A Common Stock
Par Value $0.10
TSN
New York Stock Exchange
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes
☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an
emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer
☒
Accelerated Filer
☐
Non-Accelerated Filer
☐
Smaller Reporting Company
☐
Emerging Growth Company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit
report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing
reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by
any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b) ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
On March 30, 2024, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value (“Class A stock”), and Class B Common Stock,
$0.10 par value (“Class B stock”), held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $16,402,742,635 and $528,864, respectively. Class B stock is not publicly listed
for trade on any exchange or market system. However, Class B stock is convertible into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis, so the market value was
calculated based on the market price of Class A stock.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of October 26, 2024.
Class
Outstanding Shares
Class A Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value (“Class A stock”)
285,855,466
Class B Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value (“Class B stock”)
70,009,005
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 6, 2025, are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
PART I
Item 1.
Business
3
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
9
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
17
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity Disclosure
17
Item 2.
Properties
19
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
19
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
20
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
21
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
23
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
24
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
42
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
44
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
86
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
86
Item 9B.
Other Information
87
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
87
PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
87
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
87
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
88
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
88
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
88
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
88
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
96
2
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
Tyson Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Tyson Foods” or “Tyson”) (NYSE: TSN) is a world-class food company
and recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson, it has grown under four generations of family leadership. The Company is unified by this
purpose: Tyson Foods. We Feed the World Like Family™ and has a broad portfolio of iconic products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire
Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp®. Tyson Foods is dedicated to bringing high-quality food to every table in the world, safely,
sustainably, and affordably, now and for future generations. Headquartered in Springdale, Arkansas, the Company had approximately 138,000 employees (“team
members”) on September 28, 2024. Through its Core Values, Tyson Foods strives to operate with integrity, create value for its shareholders, customers,
communities and team members, be faith-friendly and inclusive, provide a safe work environment and serve as a steward of the animals, land and environment
entrusted to it. Some of the key factors influencing our business are customer demand for our products; the ability to maintain and grow relationships with
customers and introduce new and innovative products to the marketplace; accessibility of international markets; market prices for our products; the cost and
availability of live cattle and hogs, raw materials and feed ingredients; availability of team members to operate our production facilities; and operating
efficiencies of our facilities.
We operate a fully vertically-integrated chicken production process. Our integrated operations consist of breeding stock, contract farmers, feed production,
processing, further-processing, marketing and transportation of chicken and related specialty products, including animal and pet food ingredients. Through our
wholly-owned subsidiary, Cobb-Vantress, we are one of the leading poultry breeding stock suppliers in the world. Investing in breeding stock research and
development allows us to breed into our flocks the characteristics found to be most desirable.
We also process live fed cattle and hogs and fabricate dressed beef and pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts, case-ready beef and pork and fully-
cooked meats. In addition, we derive value from specialty products such as hides and variety meats sold to further processors and others.
We produce a wide range of fresh, value-added, frozen and refrigerated food products. Our products are marketed and sold primarily by our sales staff to grocery
retailers, grocery wholesalers, meat distributors, warehouse club stores, military commissaries, industrial food processing companies, chain restaurants or their
distributors, live markets, international export companies and domestic distributors who serve restaurants, foodservice operations such as plant and school
cafeterias, convenience stores, hospitals and other vendors. Additionally, sales to the military and a portion of sales to international markets are made through
independent brokers and trading companies.
As part of our commitment to innovation and growth, we have a subsidiary focused on investing in companies developing breakthrough technologies, business
models and products that have the potential to transform the food industry. Tyson New Ventures, LLC is used to broaden our exposure to innovative, new forms
of protein and ways of improving animal welfare, water management, and packaging and land stewardship initiatives to complement the Company’s continuing
investments in innovation in our core Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods businesses.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SEGMENTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other
primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger
and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. The contribution of each segment to net sales and operating income (loss),
and the identifiable assets attributable to each segment, are set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting.
DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS
Beef
Beef includes our operations related to processing live fed cattle and fabricating dressed beef carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts and case-ready
products. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice
establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international export markets. This segment also
includes sales from specialty products such as hides, rendered products and variety meats, as well as logistics operations to move products through the supply
chain.
3
Pork
Pork includes our operations related to processing live market hogs and fabricating pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal cuts and case-ready products.
Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments
such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international export markets. This segment also includes our live swine
group, related specialty product processing activities and logistics operations to move products through the supply chain.
Chicken
Chicken includes our domestic operations related to raising and processing live chickens into, and purchasing raw materials for fresh, frozen and value-added
chicken products, as well as sales from specialty products. Our value-added chicken products primarily include breaded chicken strips, nuggets, patties and other
ready-to-fix or fully cooked chicken parts. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, convenience
stores, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to
international export markets. This segment also includes logistics operations to move products through our domestic supply chain and the global operations of
our chicken breeding stock subsidiary.
Prepared Foods
Prepared Foods includes our operations related to manufacturing and marketing frozen and refrigerated food products and logistics operations to move products
through the supply chain. This segment includes brands such as Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, as well as artisanal brands
Aidells® and Gallo Salame®. Products primarily include ready-to-eat sandwiches, sandwich components such as flame-grilled hamburgers and Philly steaks,
pepperoni, bacon, breakfast sausage, turkey, lunchmeat, hot dogs, flour and corn tortilla products, appetizers, snacks, prepared meals, ethnic foods, side dishes,
meat dishes, breadsticks and processed meats. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, convenience
stores, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to
international export markets.
RAW MATERIALS AND SOURCES OF SUPPLY
Beef
The primary raw materials used in our beef operations are live cattle. We do not have facilities of our own to raise cattle but employ cattle buyers located
throughout cattle producing areas who visit independent feed yards and public auctions to buy live cattle on the open spot market. These buyers are trained to
select high quality animals, and we continually measure their performance. We also enter into various risk-sharing and procurement arrangements with
producers to secure a supply of livestock for our facilities. Although we generally expect adequate supply of live cattle in the regions we operate, there may be
periods of imbalance in supply and demand.
Pork
The primary raw materials used in our pork operations are live hogs. The majority of our live hog supply is obtained through various procurement relationships
with independent producers. We employ hog buyers who make purchase agreements of various time durations as well as purchase hogs on a daily basis,
generally a few days before the animals are processed. These buyers are trained to select high quality animals, and we continually measure their performance.
Additionally, we raise a small number of weanling swine to sell to independent finishers and to supply a minimal amount of market hogs and live swine for our
own processing needs. Although we generally expect adequate supply of live hogs in the regions we operate, there may be periods of imbalance in supply and
demand.
Chicken
The primary raw materials used in our domestic chicken operations are corn and soybean meal used as feed and live chickens raised primarily by independent
contract farmers. Our vertically-integrated chicken process begins with breeding our pedigree and great grandparent stock out to produce the grandparent
breeder flocks and ends with broilers for processing. Breeder flocks (i.e., grandparents) are raised to maturity in grandparent growing and laying farms where
fertile eggs are produced. Fertile eggs are incubated at the grandparent hatchery and produce pullets (i.e., parents). Pullets are raised to 20 weeks of age, sent to
breeder houses, and the resulting eggs are sent to our hatcheries. Once chicks have hatched, they are sent to broiler farms. There, contract farmers care for and
raise the chicks according to our standards, with advice from our technical service personnel, until the broilers reach the desired processing weight. Adult
chickens are transported to processing facilities where they are harvested and converted into finished products, which are then sent to distribution centers and
delivered to customers.
We operate feed mills to produce scientifically-formulated feeds. In fiscal 2024, corn, soybean meal and other feed ingredients were major production costs,
representing roughly 56% of our cost of growing a live chicken domestically. In addition to feed ingredients to grow the chickens, we use cooking ingredients,
packaging materials and cryogenic agents. We believe our sources of supply for these materials are adequate for our present needs, and we do not anticipate any
difficulty in acquiring these materials in the future.
While we produce nearly all our inventory of breeder chickens and live broilers, we also purchase ice-packed or deboned chicken to meet production and sales
requirements.
4
Prepared Foods
The primary raw materials used in our prepared foods operations are commodity-based raw materials, including beef, pork, chicken, turkey, flour, vegetables,
cheese, eggs, seasonings and other cooking ingredients. Some of these raw materials are provided by our other segments, while others may be purchased from
numerous suppliers and manufacturers. We believe the sources of supply of raw materials are adequate for our present needs.
SEASONAL DEMAND
Demand for beef, chicken, pork and certain prepared foods products, such as hot dogs and smoked sausage, generally increases during the spring and summer
months and other key holiday periods and is generally softer during the winter months. Other prepared foods products, such as prepared meals, meat dishes,
appetizers, bacon, and breakfast sausage, generally experience increased demand during the winter months, and also key holiday seasons, while demand
generally is softer during the spring and summer months.
CUSTOMERS
Walmart Inc. accounted for approximately 18.4% of our fiscal 2024 consolidated sales. Sales to Walmart Inc. were included in all of our segments. Any
extended discontinuance of sales to this customer could, if not replaced, have a material impact on our operations. No other single customer or customer group
represented more than 10% of fiscal 2024 consolidated sales.
COMPETITION
Our food products compete with those of other food producers and processors and certain prepared food manufacturers. Additionally, our food products compete
in markets around the world. We seek to achieve a leading market position for our products via our principal marketing and competitive strategy, which
includes:
•
identifying target markets for value-added products;
•
concentrating production, sales and marketing efforts to appeal to and enhance demand from those markets; and
•
utilizing our national distribution systems and customer support services.
Past efforts indicate customer demand can be increased and sustained through application of our marketing strategy, consumer insights, strong analytic analysis
to optimize efforts and supported by our distribution systems. The principal competitive elements are advertising, consumer and trade promotions, price, product
safety and quality, brand identification, innovation, breadth and depth of product offerings, availability of products, customer service and credit terms.
FOREIGN OPERATIONS
We sold products in approximately 140 countries and regions in fiscal 2024. Major sales markets include Australia, Canada, Central America, Chile, China, the
European Union, the United Kingdom, Japan, Mexico, Malaysia, the Middle East, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. We have the following foreign
operations:
•
Cobb-Vantress, a chicken breeding stock subsidiary, has business interests in Argentina, Brazil, China, the Dominican Republic, India, the Netherlands,
New Zealand, Peru, the Philippines, Spain, Turkey, and the United Kingdom.
•
Tyson Asia-Pacific consists of vertically-integrated chicken production operations in Thailand, multi-protein further-processing operations in Malaysia,
a beef production operation in Australia, a producer and distributor of value-added and cooked chicken and beef products in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, and joint venture interests in two non-consolidated poultry businesses in Malaysia and one in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
•
Tyson China-Korea, with locations in China and South Korea, consists of vertically-integrated chicken production operations, multi-protein further-
processing operations, and a joint venture interest in a non-consolidated chicken processing business. Tyson China also sells beef, pork, and chicken
products imported from Tyson production facilities in the United States and other global operations.
•
Tyson Europe sells chicken products throughout the United Kingdom and Europe produced from our other global operations and co-packer
arrangements.
•
Vibra Agroindustrial S.A., a joint venture in Brazil in which we have a minority interest, is a vertically-integrated chicken processing business.
•
Holding Agro Industrial S.A., a joint venture in Argentina and Uruguay in which we have a minority interest, is a vertically-integrated chicken
processing business.
•
Tyson Mexico Trading Company, a Mexican subsidiary, sells chicken and prepared foods products primarily from our U.S. operations and co-packer
arrangements.
We continue to evaluate growth opportunities in foreign locations. Additional information regarding export sales and long-lived assets located in foreign
locations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting.
5
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We conduct continuous research and development activities to improve product development, to automate manual processes in our processing facilities and
grow-out operations, and to improve chicken breeding stock. Our Discovery Center in Springdale, Arkansas, includes more than 40,000 square feet of United
States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) pilot plant space, consumer sensory and focus group
areas, packaging labs and 19 research kitchens. The center enables us to bring new market-leading retail and foodservice products to the customer quickly and
efficiently. Additionally, we have a Manufacturing Automation Center in Springdale, Arkansas, designed to grow the development of new manufacturing
solutions and to enhance team member training on new technology. Further, we have research and development capabilities located in several international
locations where we operate.
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND FOOD SAFETY
Environmental Regulation
Our facilities for processing beef, pork, chicken, turkey and prepared foods, milling feed and housing live chickens and swine are subject to many international,
federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including provisions relating to all environmental media - air, land and water, and generally provide
for environmental protection.
We believe we are in substantial compliance with such applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any violations of such laws and regulations likely to
result in material penalties or material increases in compliance costs. The cost of compliance with such laws and regulations has not had a material adverse
effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and except as described below, is not anticipated to have a material adverse effect in the
future.
Food Safety
We work to ensure our products meet high standards of food safety and quality. In addition to our own internal Food Safety and Quality Assurance oversight and
review, our beef, pork, chicken, and prepared foods products are subject to inspection, primarily by the USDA and the FDA. We also participate in the USDA’s
Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) program or FDA’s Hazard Analysis and Risk-Based Prevention Controls (“HARPC”) program as
applicable and are subject to the Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures and the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of
2002. Additionally, our foreign operations are subject to various other food safety and quality assurance oversight and review.
Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Various federal, state, regulatory agencies, and non-U.S. governments continue to consider and adopt programs to regulate, report, and control greenhouse gas
emissions. Although we have not incurred significant costs or capital expenditures specific to greenhouse gas emission compliance, these requirements are
continually evolving and increasing. As the exact impact of new or additional greenhouse gas emission controls and requirements remains in flux, it cannot be
determined whether such impacts would have a material adverse effect.
Tyson closely monitors developments in this area and strives to mitigate risks related to greenhouse gas emissions through environmental compliance and
climate-related initiatives. For example, we collect and monitor greenhouse gas emissions data, which can be used to inform greenhouse gas emission reduction
and removal interventions in our operations and supply chain. We continue to evaluate our climate-related goals and initiatives, including corresponding costs,
evolving legal landscapes, stakeholder expectations, and customer and consumer understanding of climate action.
Sustainability
Through our Formula to Feed the Future, we aim to bring together a diverse set of expertise to reimagine our people and community impact, drive product
responsibility from farm to table, and work toward sustaining natural resources. We are reimagining our people and community impact by enabling workers to
succeed while supporting the growth of our communities. We aim to drive product responsibility from farm to table by delivering value to consumers with high-
quality, nutritious protein through our leading portfolio of products. We are working toward sustaining natural resources by driving practices in our own
operations and supply chains to build a robust food system that supports current and future generations.
Additionally, we established sustainability governance and oversight through the Governance and Nominating Committee of our Board of Directors. This
Committee advises the Board on matters relating to corporate responsibility and sustainability, including environmental, social and governance matters affecting
the Company. It also oversees and reviews, at least annually, the Company’s integration of sustainability principles into our business strategy and decision-
making.
6
HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Employees and Labor Relations
As of September 28, 2024, we employed approximately 138,000 team members globally. Approximately 120,000 team members were employed in the United
States, of whom approximately 114,000 were employed at non-corporate sites such as production facilities, warehouses, truck shops, hatcheries and feed mills.
Approximately 18,000 team members were employed in other countries, primarily in Thailand and China. For fiscal 2024, our domestic workforce experienced
a relatively flat retention rate from fiscal 2023. Approximately 30,000 team members in the United States were subject to collective bargaining agreements with
various labor unions, with approximately 20% of those team members at locations either under negotiation for contract renewal or included under agreements
expiring in fiscal 2025. The remaining agreements expire over the next several years. Approximately 6,000 team members in other countries were subject to
collective bargaining agreements. We believe our overall relations with our workforce in both unionized and non-union settings are healthy.
Health, Safety and Wellbeing
We maintain a safety culture grounded on the premise of eliminating workplace incidents, risks and identified hazards. In an effort to ensure our team members
are highly engaged and prepared for success at Tyson Foods, we emphasize comprehensive training programs. Newly hired team members participate in an
orientation program that spans 14-16 hours. Team members within our production facilities also receive an average of 80 hours on-the-job training. Additionally,
all team members receive comprehensive annual compliance training, covering essential topics such as team member safety, food safety, and other vital areas.
We created and implemented processes to help identify and eliminate safety events by reducing their frequency and severity. We also review and monitor our
safety performance closely. Our goal is to reduce Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) recordable incidents year over year. During fiscal
2024, our recordable incident rate declined 1% compared to fiscal 2023. As an expansion of our wellbeing culture and efforts to boost the overall health and
wellness of our workforce, we continue to operate health clinics near our production facilities, giving team members and their families easier access to high-
quality healthcare.
Team Member Engagement, Inclusion, and Belonging
We firmly believe innovation thrives when teams come together, bringing a multitude of perspectives to propel progress and growth. Our workforce consists of
approximately 39% women and approximately 70% minority groups. We believe that our diverse experiences make us strong, and we strive to create an
inclusive workforce in which every team member contributes to our collective success. At Tyson Foods, our commitment to our team is rooted in our desire to
create working environments that enable team members to succeed while supporting the growth of our communities. We maintain policies, practices and strong
governance that are designed to enable team member success across our organization. Our Team Member Promise underscores our commitment to providing a
work environment free from all forms of discrimination and harassment. All new team members receive training on this policy during onboarding, and all team
members are required to take this training annually. We also maintain an Equal Opportunity Employer statement that details our commitment to equal
opportunity in all aspects of employment. The Company has eight employee-led business resource groups that support our team members.
Talent and Development
Our talent strategy and philosophy is focused on attracting the best talent, recognizing and rewarding performance, while continually developing, engaging and
retaining our team members. We focus on the team member experience, removing barriers to engagement, further modernizing the human resources process,
focusing on frontline team member retention and continually improving equity and effectiveness of all talent practices. Consistent with this focus, we conducted
our fifth OneTyson engagement survey, that included corporate and frontline team members for the purpose of evaluating our team member experience, internal
performance and how we compared to other companies in multiple areas. In addition, through our Upward Academy Onsite Program, we offer English as a
second language, high-school equivalency, citizenship, financial literacy and digital literacy training to all team members. As of September 28, 2024, the onsite
program was operating at 57 Company locations. All team members can also access Upward Academy online, a frontline career development program. This
program helps team members further hone professional skills and creates opportunities for our team members to advance to higher-paying, more senior-level
positions within the Company through college degrees, job skills training and workforce certifications at no cost. We strive to grow and develop the different
capabilities and skills that we need for the future, while maintaining a robust pipeline of talent throughout the organization.
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
Our principal marketing objective is to be the preferred provider of beef, pork, chicken and prepared foods products for our customers and consumers. We build
the Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp® brands while supporting strong regional and emerging
brands primarily through distinctive brand and product advertising, promotion and public relations efforts focused toward key consumer targets with specific
needs. We identify growth and business opportunities through consumer and customer insights derived via leading research and analytic capabilities. We utilize
our national distribution system and customer support services to achieve the leading market position for our products and brands.
7
We have the ability to produce and ship fresh, frozen and refrigerated products worldwide. Domestically, our distribution system extends to a broad network of
food distributors and is supported by our owned or leased cold storage warehouses, public cold storage facilities and our transportation system. Our distribution
centers accumulate fresh and frozen products so we can fill and consolidate partial-truckload orders into full truckloads, thereby decreasing shipping costs while
increasing customer service. In addition, we provide our customers a wide selection of products that do not require large volume orders. Our distribution system
enables us to supply large or small quantities of products to meet customer requirements anywhere in the continental United States. Internationally, we utilize
both rail and truck refrigerated transportation to domestic ports, where consolidations take place to transport to foreign destinations.
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
We have filed a number of patent applications relating to our processes and products that either have been granted or are in the process of review. Because we do
a significant amount of brand name and product line advertising to promote our products, we consider the protection of our trademarks to be important to our
marketing efforts, and we regularly register and apply for the registration of a number of trademarks. We also have developed non-public proprietary
information regarding our production processes and other product-related matters. We utilize internal procedures and safeguards to protect the confidentiality of
such information and, where appropriate, seek patent and/or other protection for the technology we utilize.
INDUSTRY PRACTICES
Our agreements with customers are generally short-term, primarily due to the nature of our products, industry practices and fluctuations in supply, demand and
price for such products. In certain instances where we are selling further processed products to large customers, we may enter into written agreements whereby
we will act as the exclusive or preferred supplier to the customer, with pricing terms that are either fixed or variable.
AVAILABILITY OF SEC FILINGS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DOCUMENTS ON INTERNET WEBSITE
We maintain an internet website for investors at http://ir.tyson.com. On this website, we make available, free of charge, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, iXBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language) reports, and all amendments to any of those
reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports with, or furnish such reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”). Also available on the website to review and print for investors are the Corporate Governance Principles, Audit Committee charter, Compensation and
Leadership Development Committee charter, Governance and Nominating Committee charter, Strategy and Acquisitions Committee charter, Code of Conduct,
Whistleblower Policy and other corporate governance policies. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS RELEVANT TO FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION FOR THE PURPOSE OF “SAFE HARBOR”
PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
Certain information in this report constitutes forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, current views and
estimates of our outlook for fiscal 2025, other future economic circumstances, industry conditions in domestic and international markets, our performance and
financial results (e.g., debt levels, return on invested capital, value-added product growth, capital expenditures, tax rates, access to foreign markets and dividend
policy). These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause our actual results and experiences to differ
materially from anticipated results and expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. We wish to caution readers not to place undue reliance on
any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise.
8
Among the factors that may cause actual results and experiences to differ from anticipated results and expectations expressed in such forward-looking
statements are the following: (i) global pandemics have had, and may in the future have, an adverse impact on our business and operations; (ii) the effectiveness
of financial excellence programs; (iii) access to foreign markets together with foreign economic conditions, including currency fluctuations, import/export
restrictions and foreign politics; (iv) cyber attacks, other cyber incidents, security breaches or other disruptions of our information technology systems; (v) risks
associated with our failure to consummate favorable acquisition transactions or integrate certain acquisitions’ operations; (vi) the Tyson Limited Partnership’s
ability to exercise significant control over the Company; (vii) fluctuations in the cost and availability of inputs and raw materials, such as live cattle, live swine,
feed grains (including corn and soybean meal) and energy; (viii) market conditions for finished products, including competition from other global and domestic
food processors, supply and pricing of competing products and alternative proteins and demand for alternative proteins; (ix) outbreak of a livestock disease
(such as African swine fever (ASF), avian influenza (AI) or bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE)), which could have an adverse effect on livestock we
own, the availability of livestock we purchase, consumer perception of certain protein products or our ability to conduct our operations; (x) changes in consumer
preference and diets and our ability to identify and react to consumer trends; (xi) effectiveness of advertising and marketing programs; (xii) significant
marketing plan changes by large customers or loss of one or more large customers; (xiii) our ability to leverage brand value propositions; (xiv) changes in
availability and relative costs of labor and contract farmers and our ability to maintain good relationships with team members, labor unions, contract farmers and
independent producers providing us livestock; (xv) issues related to food safety, including costs resulting from product recalls, regulatory compliance and any
related claims or litigation; (xvi) compliance with and changes to regulations and laws (both domestic and foreign), including changes in accounting standards,
tax laws, environmental laws, agricultural laws and occupational, health and safety laws; (xvii) the effect of climate change and any legal or regulatory response
thereto; (xviii) adverse results from litigation; (xix) risks associated with leverage, including cost increases due to rising interest rates or changes in debt ratings
or outlook; (xx) impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill or indefinite life intangible assets; (xxi) our participation in a multiemployer pension plan;
(xxii) volatility in capital markets or interest rates; (xxiii) risks associated with our commodity purchasing activities; (xxiv) the effect of, or changes in, general
economic conditions; (xxv) impacts on our operations caused by factors and forces beyond our control, such as natural disasters, fire, bioterrorism, pandemics,
armed conflicts or extreme weather; (xxvi) failure to maximize or assert our intellectual property rights; (xxvii) effects related to changes in tax rates, valuation
of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or tax laws and their interpretation; and (xxviii) those factors listed under Item 1A. Risk Factors.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
These risks, which should be considered carefully with the information provided elsewhere in this report, could materially adversely affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
BUSINESS & OPERATIONAL RISK FACTORS
Global pandemics have had, and may in the future have, an adverse impact on our business and operations.
Our business relies on the health and well-being of our employees who run the day-to-day operations of the Company. Global pandemics, or localized
epidemics, have had and may in the future have an adverse impact on our business and operations. During the COVID-19 pandemic, many parts of our business
and operations were negatively affected. Negative effects from a global pandemic could include an increase in operating costs in connection with higher costs
associated with protecting the health and safety of team members. If there is a pandemic, we may also experience disruption and volatility in our supply chain,
which could result in increased costs for certain raw materials, packaging materials and transportation costs. In addition, our operations, or those of producers
who provide live animals to our production operations, may become more limited in their ability to procure, deliver, or produce our food products because of
labor shortages.
We may not realize any or all of the anticipated benefits of our financial excellence programs, which may prove to be more difficult, costly or time
consuming than expected.
The success of the financial excellence programs, or future financial excellence programs will depend in part on our ability to successfully implement the
programs in an efficient and effective manner. The implementation of the financial excellence programs may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than
expected, and the financial excellence programs may not result in any or all of the anticipated benefits. If we are unable to implement the financial excellence
programs smoothly or successfully, or we otherwise do not capture the anticipated savings, our business, results of operations and financial condition for future
periods could be negatively impacted.
9
We are subject to risks associated with our international activities, which could negatively affect our sales to customers in foreign locations, as well as
our operations and assets in such locations.
In fiscal 2024, we sold products to customers in approximately 140 countries. Major sales markets include Australia, Canada, Central America, Chile, China, the
European Union, the United Kingdom, Japan, Mexico, Malaysia, the Middle East, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. Our sales to customers in
foreign countries for fiscal 2024 totaled $7.8 billion, of which $5.2 billion related to export sales from the United States. In addition, we had approximately $1.4
billion of long-lived assets located in foreign locations, primarily Brazil, China, the European Union, Malaysia, the Middle East and Thailand, at the end of
fiscal 2024.
We are subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to international sales and operations, including: closing of borders by foreign countries to the import of
beef, pork and poultry products due to animal disease or other perceived health or safety issues; the impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations between the
United States dollar and foreign currencies, particularly the Australian dollar, the Brazilian real, the British pound sterling, the Canadian dollar, the Chinese
renminbi, the European euro, the Malaysian ringgit, the Mexican peso, and the Thai baht; political and economic conditions, including ongoing conflicts and
political tensions; and difficulties and costs of complying with different legal, tax and regulatory requirements impacting exports and other international
activities. Negative consequences relating to these risks and uncertainties could jeopardize or limit our ability to transact business in one or more of those
markets where we operate or in other developing markets and could adversely affect our financial results.
Our business and reputation could suffer if we are unable to protect our information technology systems against, or effectively respond to, cyber
attacks, other cyber incidents or security breaches or if our information technology systems are otherwise disrupted.
Information technology is key to our business operations, and we rely on information technology systems to, among other things, manage business data, increase
efficiencies in our production and distribution facilities, manage sales and inventory, process financial information, and communicate with our facilities,
personnel, customers and suppliers. Information communicated through our information technology systems include confidential information, such as personal
health information, payment and financial information, intellectual property and customer information. Our information technology systems may be vulnerable
to disruption, including as a result of upgrading, replacing or integrating software and databases, user errors, natural disasters, telecommunications failures,
computer viruses, cyber attacks, disruptions of software-as-a-service and cloud hosting providers, unauthorized access attempts and other security issues.
We have in the past experienced, and may in the future face, cyber attacks, other cyber incidents, disruptions or security breaches, and there can be no assurance
that we will always be able to sufficiently mitigate the impact to our business and operations. We have implemented and continue to evaluate cyber-security
initiatives and business continuity and disaster recovery plans to mitigate our exposure to these risks, but these measures may not be adequate, as attempted
cyber attacks or breaches become more sophisticated. In addition, new technologies, such as artificial intelligence, may present new technological risks or
vulnerabilities. We may not be able to anticipate or react to new types of cyber attacks or vulnerabilities and we may face delays in our detection or remediation
of security breaches and other security-related incidents or vulnerabilities.
Any failure of our information technology systems could cause transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of customers and sales, have negative
consequences on our team members, business partners, and operations, and may expose us to liability, litigation and regulatory enforcement actions. If there is
wide scale disruption to our systems, we may need to shut parts or all of our systems down to run tests and repairs. Any such downtime could have significant
impacts on our ability to continue our business operations, including our ability to operate our facilities, manage and track inventory, and manage and track
incoming new orders and statuses of existing orders. In the event any significant failure of our systems requires us to upgrade or set up new systems, the
oversight and implementation of the new system and training of personnel could be costly, there may be further disruptions from potential instability in the new
system, and there may be heightened cybersecurity risks in connection with the migration of data to the new system.
In addition, such incidents could result in unauthorized or accidental disclosure of material confidential information or personally identifiable information. We
may suffer financial and reputational damage or penalties because of the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information belonging to us or to our business
partners, customers, consumers or suppliers. Similar risks exist with respect to the third-party vendors that we rely upon for aspects of our information
technology support services and administrative functions, including health and benefit plan administration and certain finance and accounting functions, and
systems managed, hosted, provided and/or used by third parties and their vendors. We have not experienced any significant cyber-related events in fiscal 2024.
We may not be able to successfully consummate favorable strategic acquisitions or divestitures or successfully integrate acquired businesses.
We periodically evaluate potential acquisitions, joint ventures and other initiatives, and may seek to expand our business through such activities. Acquisitions
and joint ventures involve financial and operational risks and uncertainties, and there may be challenges in realizing the anticipated benefits of these
transactions, or in the availability and terms of debt or equity financing for these transactions. We may not be able to successfully integrate and develop acquired
companies or businesses into profitable units. If we are unable to do this, such expansion could adversely affect our financial results.
10
Additionally, from time to time, we may divest businesses that do not align with our strategic objectives or that do not meet our growth or profitability targets.
We may not be able to complete desired or proposed divestitures on terms favorable to us. Gains or losses on the sales of, or lost operating income from, those
businesses may affect our profitability and margins. Moreover, we may incur asset impairment charges related to divestitures that reduce our profitability. Our
divestiture activities may present financial, managerial and operational risks, which could adversely affect our product sales, financial condition and results of
operations.
Tyson Limited Partnership can exercise significant control.
As of September 28, 2024, Tyson Limited Partnership (the “TLP”) owns 99.987% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, $0.10
par value (“Class B stock”), and the TLP and members of the Tyson family own, in the aggregate, 2.43% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A
Common Stock, $0.10 par value (“Class A stock”), giving them, collectively, control of approximately 71.70% of the total voting power of the Company’s
outstanding voting stock. As of September 28, 2024, through a series of trusts, Mr. John Tyson, Chairman of the Board of Directors, controls 44.445% of the
general partner percentage interests, and Ms. Barbara Tyson, a director of the Company, controls 11.115% of the general partner percentage interests (the
remaining general partnership interests are held by the Donald J. Tyson Revocable Trust (44.44%)). As a result of these holdings, positions and directorships, the
partners in the TLP have the ability to exert substantial influence or actual control over our management and affairs and over substantially all matters requiring
action by our stockholders, including amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the election and removal of directors, any proposed
merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may also delay or prevent
a change in control otherwise favored by our other stockholders and could depress our stock price. Additionally, as a result of the TLP’s significant ownership of
our outstanding voting stock, we are eligible for “controlled company” exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock
Exchange.
INDUSTRY RISK FACTORS
Fluctuations in commodity prices and in the availability of raw materials, especially feed grains, live cattle, live swine and other inputs could negatively
impact our earnings.
Our results of operations and financial condition, as well as the selling prices for our products, are dependent upon the cost and supply of commodities and raw
materials such as beef, pork, poultry, corn, soybean meal and vegetable oils. Corn, soybean meal and other feed ingredients, for instance, represented roughly
56% of our cost of growing a live chicken in fiscal 2024.
Production and pricing of these commodities are determined by constantly changing market forces of supply and demand over which we have limited or no
control. Volatility in our commodity and raw material costs directly impact our gross margin and profitability. The Company’s objective continues to be to offset
commodity price increases with pricing actions over time. However, we may not always be able to increase our product prices enough to sufficiently offset
increased raw material costs due to consumer price sensitivity or the pricing postures of our competitors. In addition, if we increase prices to offset higher costs,
we could experience lower demand for our products and sales volumes. Conversely, decreases in our commodity and other input costs may create pressure on us
to decrease our prices. While we use derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce the effect of changing prices and as a mechanism
to procure the underlying commodity, we do not fully hedge against changes in commodity prices.
Over time, if we are unable to price our products to cover increased costs, to offset operating cost increases with continuous improvement savings or are not
successful in our commodity hedging program, then commodity and raw material price increases could materially and adversely affect our profitability, financial
condition and results of operations.
The prices we receive for our products may fluctuate due to competition from other food producers and processors.
The food industry in general is intensely competitive. We face competition from other food producers and processors that have various product ranges and
geographic reach. From time to time, in response to competitive pressures or to maintain market share, we may need to reduce the prices for some of our
products or increase or reallocate spending on marketing, advertising and promotions and new product innovation. Such pressures also may restrict our ability to
increase prices in response to raw material and other cost increases. Any reduction in prices as a result of competitive pressures, or any failure to increase prices
to offset cost increases, could harm our profit margins. If we reduce prices but we cannot increase sales volumes to offset the price changes, then our financial
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Alternatively, if we do not reduce our prices and our competitors seek advantage through pricing
or promotional changes, our revenues and market share could also be adversely affected.
11
Disease outbreaks can adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and the supply and demand for our products.
Supply of and demand for our products can be adversely impacted by disease outbreaks impacting animals, animal products, and livestock, such as African
swine fever (“ASF”), Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy, Foot and Mouth Disease, and Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza (“HPAI”), which can have a
significant impact on our financial results. In recent years, ASF has impacted hog herds in China, Asia, Europe, and the Caribbean, and if an outbreak of ASF
were to occur in the United States, the Company’s supply of hogs and pork could be materially impacted. In 2024, HPAI was detected in the United States in
dairy cattle, wild birds, mammals, and farm workers directly exposed to infected dairy or poultry. Efforts are taken to control disease risks by adherence to good
production practices and extensive precautionary biosecurity measures designed to ensure the health of livestock and poultry. However, outbreaks of disease and
other events, which may be beyond our control, either in our own livestock and poultry, or livestock and poultry owned by independent producers who supply
us, could significantly affect demand for our products, consumer perceptions of certain food products, the availability of livestock and poultry for purchase by us
and our ability to conduct our operations. Moreover, the outbreak of diseases impacting animals, animal products, and livestock, particularly in our Chicken
segment, could have a significant effect on the livestock and poultry we own by requiring us to, among other things, destroy any affected animals. Furthermore,
an outbreak of disease could result in governmental restrictions on the import and export of our products to or from our suppliers, facilities or customers. This
could also result in negative publicity that may have an adverse effect on our ability to market our products successfully, and on our financial results.
Changes in consumer preference and failure to maintain favorable consumer perception of our brands and products could negatively impact our
business.
The food industry in general is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Trends within the food industry change often, and failure to
identify and react to changes in these trends could lead to, among other things, reduced demand and price reductions for our brands and products. We strive to
respond to consumer preferences and social expectations, but we may not be successful in our efforts.
We could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products or ingredients, or the food safety system
generally. Prolonged negative perceptions concerning the health implications of certain food products or ingredients or loss of confidence in the food safety
system generally could influence consumer preferences and acceptance of some of our products and marketing programs. Continued negative perceptions and
failure to satisfy consumer preferences could materially and adversely affect our product sales, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to continually innovate and successfully launch new products and maintain our brand image through marketing investment could adversely
impact our operating results.
Our financial success is dependent on anticipating changes in consumer preferences, purchasing behaviors and dietary habits and successfully developing and
launching new products and product extensions that consumers want in the channels where they shop. We devote significant resources to new product
development and product extensions; however, we may not be successful in developing innovative new products or our new products may not be commercially
successful. To the extent we are not able to effectively gauge the direction of our key markets and successfully identify, develop, manufacture and market new or
improved products in these changing markets, such as adapting to emerging e-commerce channels, our financial results and our competitive position will suffer.
In addition, our introduction of new products or product extensions may generate litigation or other legal proceedings against us by competitors claiming
infringement of their intellectual property or other rights, which could negatively impact our results of operations.
We have a number of iconic brands with significant value. Maintaining and continually enhancing the value of these brands is critical to the success of our
business. Brand value is based in large part on consumer perceptions. Success in promoting and enhancing brand value depends in large part on our ability to
provide high-quality products. We seek to maintain and extend the image of our brands through marketing investments, including advertising, consumer
promotions and trade spend. Due to inherent risks in the marketplace associated with advertising, promotions and new product introductions, including
uncertainties about trade and consumer acceptance, our marketing investments may not prove successful in maintaining or increasing our market share and
could result in lower sales and profits. Continuing global focus on health and wellness, including weight management, and increasing media attention to the role
of food marketing could adversely affect our brand image or lead to stricter regulations and greater scrutiny of food marketing practices.
Our success in maintaining, extending and expanding our brand image also depends on our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment, including
our increasing reliance on social media and online dissemination of advertising campaigns. The growing use of social and digital media increases the speed and
extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about us, our brands or our products on social or digital
media could seriously damage our reputation and brand image.
We are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions on how and to whom we market our products, for instance marketing to children, which may limit
our ability to maintain or extend our brand image. If we do not maintain or extend our brand image, then our product sales, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially and adversely affected.
12
The loss of one or more of our largest customers could negatively impact our business.
Our business could suffer significant setbacks in sales and operating income if our customers’ plans and/or markets change significantly or if we lost one or
more of our largest customers, including, for example, Walmart Inc., which accounted for 18.4% of our sales in fiscal 2024. There can be no assurance that
significant customers will continue to purchase our products in the same mix or quantities or on the same terms as in the past.
Alternative retail channels, such as convenience stores, dollar stores, drug stores, club stores and Internet-based retailers have increased their market share. This
trend towards alternative channels is expected to continue in the future. If we are not successful in expanding sales in alternative retail channels, our business or
financial results may be adversely impacted. Many of our customers have consolidated in recent years, and consolidation is expected to continue throughout the
United States and in other major markets. These consolidations have produced large, sophisticated customers with increased buying power who are more
capable of operating with reduced inventories, opposing price increases, and demanding lower pricing, increased promotional programs and specifically tailored
products. These customers also may use shelf space currently used for our products for their own private label products. Because of these trends, our volume
growth could slow or we may need to lower prices or increase promotional spending for our products. Additionally, these large customers may demand more
favorable terms that may expose us to greater risks, including uncapped indemnification and no limitation of liability provisions. Such terms may obligate us to
pay significant amounts in connection with potential losses arising from claims and related legal proceedings, and any such claims could also affect our
reputation and our relationship with customers. We generally attempt to limit the maximum amount of indemnification or liability that we could be exposed to
under our contracts, but this is not always possible without risking the loss of a customer relationship, particularly with our more significant customers. The loss
of a significant customer or a material reduction in sales to, or adverse change to trade terms with, a significant customer could materially and adversely affect
our product sales, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to leverage our brand value propositions to compete against private label products, especially during economic downturn, may adversely affect
our profitability.
In many product categories, we compete not only with other widely advertised branded products, but also with private label products that generally are sold at
lower prices. Consumers are more likely to purchase our products if they believe that our products provide a higher quality and greater value than less expensive
alternatives. If the difference in quality between our brands and private label products narrows, or if there is a perception of such a narrowing, consumers may
choose not to buy our products at prices that are profitable for us. In addition, in periods of economic uncertainty, consumers tend to purchase more lower-priced
private label or other economy brands. To the extent this occurs, we could experience a reduction in the sales volume of our higher margin products or a shift in
our product mix to lower margin offerings. In addition, in times of economic uncertainty, consumers reduce the amount of food that they consume away from
home at our foodservice customers, which in turn reduces our product sales.
LABOR & EMPLOYMENT RISK FACTORS
Labor shortages and increased turnover or increases in employee and employee-related costs could have adverse effects on our profitability.
Labor shortages and increased turnover rates within our team members have led to and could in the future lead to increased costs, such as increased overtime to
meet demand and increased wage rates to attract and retain employees and could negatively affect our ability to efficiently operate our production facilities or
otherwise operate at full capacity. An overall or prolonged labor shortage, lack of skilled labor, increased turnover or labor inflation could have an adverse
impact on our operations, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows.
We depend on the availability of, and good relations with, our team members and their labor unions.
We have approximately 138,000 team members, approximately 36,000 of whom are covered by collective bargaining agreements or are members of labor
unions. Our operations depend on the availability and relative costs of labor and maintaining good relations with team members and the labor unions. If we fail
to maintain good relations with our team members or with the labor unions, we may experience labor strikes or work stoppages, which could adversely affect
our financial results.
If we are unable to attract, hire or retain key team members or a highly skilled and experienced global workforce, it could have a negative impact on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our continued growth requires us to attract, hire, retain and develop key team members and maintain a highly skilled and experienced global workforce. We
compete to attract and hire highly skilled team members and our own team members are highly sought after by our competitors and other companies.
Competition could cause us to lose talented team members, and unplanned turnover could deplete our institutional knowledge and result in increased costs due
to increased competition for team members. In addition, our compensation arrangements may not always be successful in attracting new employees or retaining
our existing team members.
13
We depend on contract farmers and independent producers to supply us with livestock.
We contract primarily with independent contract farmers to raise the live chickens and turkeys processed in our poultry operations. A majority of our cattle and
hogs are purchased from independent producers who sell livestock to us under marketing contracts or on the open market. If we do not attract and maintain
contracts with farmers or maintain marketing and purchasing relationships with independent producers, our production operations could be negatively affected.
Certain of our competitors may also negotiate more favorable contract terms that could provide them with competitive advantages and affect our supply.
LEGAL & REGULATORY RISK FACTORS
Product liability claims could adversely affect our business operations and financial results, or damage our reputation.
We face a risk of product liability claims from potential contamination of our products by foreign materials, disease-producing organisms or pathogens, such as
Listeria monocytogenes, Salmonella, and E. coli, or exposure to chemicals of concern from packaging or environmental exposure. These risks may be
controlled, but may not be eliminated, by adherence to good manufacturing practices, finished product testing, and supply chain due diligence initiatives. We
have little, if any, control over handling procedures for raw materials used in our products occurring upstream in the value chain and handling procedures for our
products after they have been shipped for distribution. Any potentially contaminated products or allegation of contaminated products could result in an increased
risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory scrutiny, and assessment of penalties, including injunctive relief and plant closings, by federal and state
regulatory agencies, and adverse publicity, which could exacerbate the associated negative consumer reaction. Some of our commercial contracts with our
customers have uncapped indemnification clauses or no limitation of liability provisions, so any of these occurrences could cause us to pay significant amounts
in penalties and spend significant resources, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results. While we may benefit from indemnification obligations
from certain of our customers, such protections may not adequately cover all claims brought against us or cover only a portion of such claims. In addition, we
may be required to recall some of our products in response to a regulatory action, customer concern, or alleged contamination. A widespread product recall
could result in significant financial losses due to the costs of a recall, the destruction of product inventory and lost sales due to the unavailability of product for a
period of time. Such a product recall also could result in adverse publicity, damage to our reputation, and a loss of consumer confidence in our products, which
could have an adverse effect on our business results and the value of our brands.
The Company is required to comply with stringent environmental laws and regulations.
Our past and present business operations and ownership and operation of our facilities are subject to stringent federal, state, local, and, in some cases, foreign,
environmental laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. For more information, refer to “Environmental Regulation and Food Safety” in
Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Compliance with these laws and regulations, and the ability to comply with any future changes to these laws and
regulations or with new laws and regulations that may be enacted, is material to our business. Some of our facilities have been in operation for many years, and,
over time, we and other prior operators of these facilities may have incurred environmental liabilities, such as costs related to the disposal of wastes that are now
deemed hazardous. Our products are similarly subject to many evolving environmental laws, such as labeling and disclosure requirements, packaging
specifications, and waste reduction initiatives (including those related to single-use plastics and extended producer responsibility obligations). Increased
compliance costs and expenses due to increasing legal and regulatory environmental requirements could be prohibitively costly and may cause disruptions in, or
an increase in the costs associated with, the running of our production facilities or production of products.
New or more stringent domestic and international government regulations could impose material costs on us and could adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and foreign laws and regulations by authorities that oversee raw material inputs, relationships or
interactions with growers, farmers, and ranchers, food safety standards, and processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, labeling, and export of our
products. Changes in laws or regulations that impose new or additional regulatory requirements on food products, such as new or evolving requirements for raw
material sourcing, supply chain due diligence, and product labeling and disclosures could increase our cost of doing business or restrict our actions, causing our
results of operations to be adversely affected.
14
Failure to comply with applicable legal standards or requirements could result in regulatory enforcement actions, legal claims or class actions lawsuits,
or affect our product sales, reputation and profitability.
We operate in a highly regulated environment with constantly evolving legal and regulatory frameworks. Consequently, we are subject to heightened risk of
legal claims or other regulatory enforcement actions. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with existing laws
and regulations, there can be no assurance that our team members, contractors, or agents will not violate our policies and procedures. Moreover, a failure to
maintain effective control processes could lead to violations, unintentional or otherwise, of laws and regulations. Legal claims or regulatory enforcement actions
arising out of our failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those contained in Item 3, Legal Proceedings and Part II,
Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, could subject us to civil
and criminal penalties, including debarment from governmental contracts, that could adversely affect our product sales, reputation, financial condition and
results of operations. Loss of or failure to obtain necessary permits and registrations could delay or prevent us from meeting current product demand,
introducing new products, building new facilities or acquiring new businesses and could adversely affect operating results.
Climate change may have a long-term adverse impact on our business.
The effects of climate change and legal or regulatory initiatives to address climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and the results
of operations. Climate change and rising global temperatures may contribute to changing weather patterns, elongated drought periods, heavier or more frequent
storms and wildfires, and increased frequency and severity of natural disasters, and may limit the availability, or increase the cost, of key agricultural
commodities and natural resource ingredients and manufacturing inputs, as well as raw materials such as beef, pork, poultry, corn, soybean meal and other feed
ingredients. Increased frequency or severity of extreme weather conditions could also impair production capabilities, disrupt our supply chain or impact demand
for our products, and could adversely affect operating results. In addition, climate change may require us to make additional unplanned capital expenditures.
Increasing concern over climate change also may adversely impact demand for our products due to changes in consumer preferences and result in additional
legal or regulatory requirements designed to manage greenhouse gas emissions, climate risks, and resulting environmental impacts. Increased energy or
compliance costs and expenses due to increased legal or regulatory requirements could be prohibitively costly and may cause disruptions in, or an increase in the
costs associated with, the running of our production facilities. Furthermore, compliance with any such legal or regulatory requirements may require us to make
significant changes to our business operations and strategy, which will likely incur substantial time, attention, and costs.
Finally, we currently provide certain climate-related disclosures. These disclosures may be based on evolving standards, controls, and internal processes, or
connect to assumptions that are subject to change. There can be no assurance that our current disclosures and targets, and the methodologies that we currently
use to support our disclosures and progress towards our targets, will satisfy any new or evolving regulations and legal requirements in the U.S. and abroad, and
the costs of aligning our current disclosures to any new legal requirements may be significant.
FINANCIAL RISK FACTORS
Our level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could negatively impact our business and liquidity position.
Our indebtedness, including any borrowings under our revolving credit and term loan facilities and commercial paper program, may increase from time to time
for various reasons, including fluctuations in operating results, working capital needs, capital expenditures and possible acquisitions, joint ventures or other
significant initiatives. Our consolidated indebtedness level could adversely affect our business because it may limit or impair our ability to obtain financing in
the future; our credit ratings (or any decrease to our credit ratings) could restrict or impede our ability to access capital markets at desired interest rates and
increase our borrowing costs; a portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to interest payments on our indebtedness and is not available for
other purposes; and it may restrict our ability to pay dividends.
Our revolving credit and term loan facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens
and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of
our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In
addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain
sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
15
An impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill or indefinite life intangible assets could negatively impact our consolidated results of operations
and net worth.
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and not amortized but are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more
frequently if impairment indicators arise. In assessing the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets, we make estimates and assumptions
about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates, valuation multiples, and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated
future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. Goodwill
valuations have been calculated principally using income and market approaches. The income approach is based on the present value of future cash flows of
each reporting unit and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. The market approach measures value based on
what other purchasers in the market have paid for assets or business interests that can be considered reasonably similar to each reporting unit and are believed to
reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Indefinite life intangible asset valuations have been calculated principally using relief-
from-royalty and excess earnings approaches and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation
approaches, we are required to make various judgmental assumptions about appropriate sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates,
amongst other assumptions. Disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions, including as a result of inflation,
could, among other things, cause us to increase the discount rate used in the valuations. We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and
indefinite life intangible assets prior to the annual assessment if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results,
divestiture of a significant component of our business, increased discount rates or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the
resulting analyses could result in impairment charges in the future, which could be substantial. At September 28, 2024, we had $13.9 billion of goodwill and
indefinite life intangible assets, which represented approximately 37% of total assets.
Participation in a Multiemployer Pension Plan could adversely affect our business.
We participate in a “multiemployer” pension plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. This type
of plan is typically administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We are required
to make periodic contributions to this plan to allow the plan to meet its pension benefit obligation to its participants. Our required contributions to this fund
could increase because of a shrinking contribution base as a result of the insolvency or withdrawal of other companies that currently contribute to this fund,
inability or failure of withdrawing companies to pay their withdrawal liability, lower than expected returns on pension fund assets or other funding deficiencies.
In the event that we withdraw from participation in this plan, then applicable law could require us to make additional lump-sum contributions to the plan, and we
would have to reflect that as an expense in our consolidated statement of operations and as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability
would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits. The plan in which we participate is reported to have a significant underfunded liability.
Such underfunding could increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. In the event a withdrawal or partial withdrawal were to occur with respect to the
multiemployer plan, the impact to our consolidated financial statements could be material.
Volatility in the capital markets or interest rates could adversely impact our pension costs and the funded status of our pension plans.
We sponsor a number of defined benefit plans for team members. The difference between plan obligations and assets, which signifies the funded status of the
plans, is a significant factor in determining the net periodic benefit costs of the pension plans and our ongoing funding requirements. At September 28, 2024, the
funded status of our defined benefit pension plans was an underfunded position of $158 million, as compared to an underfunded position of $149 million at the
end of fiscal 2023. Changes in interest rates and the market value of plan assets can impact the funded status of the plans and cause volatility in the net periodic
benefit cost and our future funding requirements. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of
factors, including minimum funding requirements.
Market fluctuations could negatively impact our operating results as we hedge certain transactions.
Our business is exposed to fluctuating market conditions. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to various market risks including
changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We hold certain positions, primarily in grain and livestock futures, that are not hedges
for financial reporting purposes. These positions are marked to fair value, and the unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings at each reporting date.
Therefore, losses on these contracts will adversely affect our reported operating results. While these contracts reduce our exposure to changes in prices for
commodity products, the use of such instruments may ultimately limit our ability to benefit from favorable commodity prices.
GENERAL RISK FACTORS
Deterioration of economic conditions could negatively impact our business.
Our business may be adversely affected by changes in economic conditions, including inflation, interest rates, access to capital markets, consumer spending
rates, energy availability and costs (including fuel surcharges) and the effects of governmental initiatives to manage economic conditions. Any such changes
could adversely affect the demand for our products, the financial condition of customers and suppliers, the cost and availability of raw materials, the cost and
availability of financing for our operations, debt or investments, thereby negatively affecting our financial results.
16
Disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions could, among other things, make it more difficult or costly for
us to obtain financing for our operations or investments or to refinance our debt in the future; impair the financial condition of some of our customers and
suppliers, thereby increasing customer bad debts or non-performance by suppliers; negatively impact global demand for protein products, which could result in a
reduction of sales, operating income and cash flows; decrease the value of our investments in equity and debt securities; or negatively impact our commodity
purchasing activities if we are required to record losses related to derivative financial instruments.
In addition, consumer spending may decline at any time for reasons beyond our control, and the risks associated with our businesses may become more acute in
periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may reduce consumer confidence and result in a decrease in consumer demand for our products. Furthermore,
inflation, which has significantly risen, has and may continue to increase our operational costs, including labor costs and grain and feed ingredient costs, and
continued increases in interest rates in response to concerns about inflation may have the effect of further increasing economic uncertainty and heightening these
risks.
Extreme factors or forces beyond our control could negatively impact our business.
Our ability to make, move and sell products is critical to our success. Natural disasters, fire, pandemic or extreme weather, could impair the health or growth of
livestock or interfere with our operations due to power outages, fuel shortages, decrease in availability of water, damage to our production and processing
facilities or disruption of transportation channels or unfavorably impact the demand for, or our consumers’ ability to purchase our products, among other things.
Any of these factors could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
Failure to maximize or to successfully assert our intellectual property rights could impact our competitiveness.
We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly and most notably our trademarks, but also our trade secrets, patents and copyrights, to be a significant
and valuable aspect of our business. We cannot be sure that these intellectual property rights will be maximized or that they can be successfully asserted. There
is a risk that we will not be able to obtain and perfect our own or, where appropriate, license intellectual property rights necessary to support new product
introductions.
We cannot be sure that these rights, if obtained, will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the future. In addition, even if such rights are obtained in
the United States, the laws of some of the other countries in which our products are or may be sold do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same
extent as the laws of the United States. Our failure to perfect or successfully assert our intellectual property rights could make us less competitive and could
have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
We may incur additional tax expense or become subject to additional tax liabilities.
We are subject to taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes.
Our total income tax expense could be affected by changes in tax rates in various jurisdictions, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities or
changes in tax laws or their interpretation. We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service and
other tax authorities. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these examinations. If a taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken, we
could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties, which could adversely affect our financial results. For more information, refer to Part II, Item
8. Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 10: Income Tax.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY DISCLOSURE
RISK MANAGEMENT AND STRATEGY
Governance
As part of our overall risk management program, we run and maintain a formal information security, cybersecurity, and privacy program led by our Chief
Information Security Officer (“CISO”) that uses a risk-based approach to evaluate new technology, third parties, and changes to the technology landscape. The
program is assessed using multiple industry frameworks including the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (NIST-CSF
Version 2.0). We engage with industry partners, assessment firms and advisors, law enforcement, and others to periodically assess our cybersecurity capabilities,
and utilize a defense-in-depth approach to protect our systems and services.
Additionally, we assess data risks using privacy impact assessments and manage these risks in close alignment with data governance, operations, and analytics
teams. We identify assets and their criticality to business operations and provide reasonable protection, threat detection, response and recovery capabilities.
17
We address third-party cybersecurity risks presented by our use of third-party software, service, data and technology providers, including cloud-based services,
and proactively evaluate the cybersecurity risk of third parties using multiple evaluation factors which are aligned with our contracting and vendor selection
processes. We actively work with internal partners to assess and implement methods of transferring risk to appropriate parties.
Identification
We assess our technology assets and their vulnerabilities, including risks from our suppliers and vendors, to prioritize and improve program efforts consistent
with our risk management strategy. We engage in the periodic assessment and testing of our program. These include tabletop exercises, vulnerability testing and
other methods focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures and planning. We actively engage third parties to assist with our
assessments and testing processes. We adjust our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices, where appropriate, based on internal and external
assessments and testing results.
Protection
We provide technical safeguards that are designed to provide commercially reasonable protection of our technology and information systems. We actively
monitor and assess the impact of potential cybersecurity threats to our technology systems. We partner with public and private organizations, such as the Food
and Agriculture Information Sharing and Analysis Center (Food and Ag-ISAC), to understand and modify our programs to respond to an ever-evolving threat
landscape. We implement training and awareness practices to mitigate human risk, including regular phishing awareness campaigns, mandatory computer-based
training and internal communications.
Detection, Response and Recovery
We employ threat monitoring and detection capabilities intended to identify active attackers and threats to our technology systems. We have established a
defined incident response plan to assess, respond and recover from cybersecurity incidents, including cyberattacks and other non-cybersecurity related business
technology outages. The plan includes the coordination of activities that include an evaluation of materiality and facilitation of any required notifications,
regulatory obligations and disclosures.
We are not aware of any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previous cybersecurity incidents, which have materially affected us or are
reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. However, the cybersecurity threat
environment is increasingly challenging, and we constantly face risks from cybersecurity threats. There can be no assurance that we, or the third parties with
which we interact, will not experience a cybersecurity incident in the future that could materially affect us. Additional information about the cybersecurity risks
we face is discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors, which should be read in conjunction with the information above.
GOVERNANCE
The Board of Directors and management work together to manage cybersecurity risk as part of our broader enterprise risk management approach.
Our Board of Directors has delegated risk management oversight responsibility for information security, which includes data privacy and cybersecurity, to the
Governance and Nominating Committee. Certain of our board members, including certain members of our Governance and Nominating Committee, have
backgrounds or experience in risk management and/or information technology. On at least an annual basis, the Governance and Nominating Committee receives
updates from our CISO, Chief Information & Technology Officer (“CITO”) and other members of management on risks related to information systems,
information security, data privacy and cybersecurity. The Board of Directors also receives regular reports from the Governance and Nominating Committee on
these and other risk-related matters as necessary. Our CISO provides information to the Governance and Nominating Committee pursuant to risk-based
escalation protocols for cybersecurity incidents that exceed designated thresholds.
MANAGEMENT'S ROLE IN CYBERSECURITY RISK MANAGEMENT
Our CISO leads the Information Security team and has global responsibility for overseeing our information security, data privacy and cybersecurity program.
The program is operationalized through use of multi-disciplinary teams including governance, risk and compliance; identity and access management; cloud and
infrastructure security; data security; application security; vulnerability and threat management; and security detection and response operations.
Additionally, our CISO monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents and reports cybersecurity incidents that reach
designated thresholds to senior management and, if necessary, to the Governance and Nominating committee. Our CISO has been with the Company since 1997,
has held numerous roles in information technology and has led the information security program since 2016. Our CITO, to whom the CISO reports, has been
with the company since 2017 and has served as the Company’s CITO since 2023.
18
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The following table summarizes our domestic properties as of September 28, 2024:
Number of Facilities
Owned
Leased
Total
Capacity
Beef Segment Facilities
12
—
12
155,000 head
Pork Segment Facilities
6
—
6
421,000 head
Chicken Segment Facilities
163
6
169
42 million head
Prepared Foods Segment Facilities
37
—
37
74 million pounds
(1)
Certain facilities produce products that are reported in multiple segments. For presentation purposes, facilities are reflected in the segment that had the majority of the
facility’s production. Additionally, livestock grower farms are excluded.
(2)
Capacity per week is not an indication of production rates. Capacity per week is based on the following: Beef and Pork (six day week) and Chicken and Prepared Foods (five
day week). Utilization of capacity varies by facility based on the type of products assigned and the level of demand for those products.
Beef
Beef facilities include various phases of harvesting live cattle and fabricating beef products and specialty products. The Beef segment includes four case-ready
operations that share facilities with the Pork segment. One of the beef facilities contains a tallow refinery. As described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges, we closed two Beef segment facilities during fiscal 2024.
Pork
Pork facilities include various phases of harvesting live hogs and fabricating pork products and specialty products. The Pork segment includes four case-ready
operations that share facilities with and are included in the Beef segment in the table above. As described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges, we closed one Pork segment facility during fiscal 2024.
Chicken
Our vertically-integrated Chicken operations facilities include processing facilities, rendering facilities, blending mills, feed mills, grain elevators and broiler
hatcheries. The Chicken processing facilities include various phases of harvesting, dressing, cutting, packaging, deboning and further-processing. We also have
animal nutrition operations, which are associated with the Chicken rendering facilities or within various Chicken processing facilities. The blending mills, feed
mills, grain elevators and broiler hatcheries have sufficient capacity to meet the needs of the chicken growout operations. The Chicken segment includes one
processing facility that shares a facility with and is included in the Prepared Foods segment in the table above. As described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges, we sold or closed a total of five Chicken segment locations which included
certain feed mills and hatcheries supporting those processing facilities during fiscal 2024.
Prepared Foods
Our Prepared Foods segment includes processing facilities and a vertically-integrated turkey operation. Our Prepared Foods facilities process fresh and frozen
chicken, turkey, beef, pork and other raw materials into ready-to-eat sandwiches, sandwich components such as flame-grilled hamburgers and Philly steaks,
pizza toppings, raw and processed meats, appetizers, prepared meals, ethnic foods, flour and corn tortilla products and meat dishes.
We own and lease domestic distribution and cold storage facilities that support the supply chains of all our segment operations and are not specifically dedicated
to individual segments.
Our International/Other foreign production operations in Asia-Pacific and China-Korea include one beef facility, 21 chicken processing facilities, three feed
mills and one broiler hatchery. The processing facilities include various phases of harvesting, dressing, cutting, packaging, deboning and further-processing.
We believe our present facilities are generally adequate and suitable, have sufficient capacity and are appropriately utilized for our current purposes.
Fluctuations in inventories, production and utilization may occur based upon seasonal or other changes in demand for our products. We regularly engage in
construction and other capital improvement projects intended to expand capacity and improve the efficiency of our processing and support facilities. We also
consider the efficiencies of our operations and may from time to time consider changing the number or type of facilities we operate to align with our capacity
needs.
(1)
(2)
19
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Refer to the description of the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation, the Broiler Chicken Grower Litigation, the Pork Antitrust Litigation, the Beef Antitrust
Litigation and the Wage Rate Litigation under the heading “Commitments and Contingencies” in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
On June 19, 2005, the Attorney General and the Secretary of the Environment of the State of Oklahoma filed a complaint in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of Oklahoma against Tyson Foods, Inc., three subsidiaries and six other poultry integrators. The complaint, which was subsequently
amended, asserts a number of state and federal causes of action including, but not limited to, counts under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and state-law public nuisance theories. Oklahoma alleges that the defendants and
certain contract growers who were not joined in the lawsuit polluted the surface waters, groundwater and associated drinking water supplies of the Illinois River
Watershed through the land application of poultry litter. Oklahoma’s claims were narrowed through various rulings issued before and during trial and its claims
for natural resource damages were dismissed by the district court in a ruling issued on July 22, 2009, which was subsequently affirmed on appeal by the Tenth
Circuit Court of Appeals. A non-jury trial of the remaining claims including Oklahoma’s request for injunctive relief began on September 24, 2009. Closing
arguments were held on February 11, 2010. On January 18, 2023, the district court entered Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law in favor of the State of
Oklahoma and directed the parties to confer in an attempt to reach an agreement on appropriate remedies by March 17, 2023. On March 17, 2023, the parties
received a 90-day extension from the district court and continued to confer on appropriate remedies. On June 12, 2023, the Court ordered the parties to
mediation. The parties attended an in-person mediation on October 12, 2023, but were unable to reach a resolution. Defendants subsequently filed a post-trial
motion to dismiss, which the court denied on June 26, 2024. An evidentiary hearing is scheduled for December 2024.
Other Matters
As of September 28, 2024, we had approximately 138,000 team members and, at any time, have various employment practices matters outstanding. In the
aggregate, these matters are important to the Company, and we devote considerable resources to managing employment issues. Additionally, we are subject to
other lawsuits, investigations and claims (some of which involve substantial amounts) arising out of the conduct of our business. While the ultimate results of
these matters cannot be determined, they are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Each of our executive officers serve one-year terms from the date of their election, or until their successors are appointed and qualified. Chairman of the Board
of Directors John H. Tyson is the father of John R. Tyson and nephew of Director Barbara A. Tyson. No other family relationships exist among these officers.
The name, title, age (as of September 28, 2024) and calendar year of initial election to executive office of our executive officers are listed below:
Name
Title
Age
Year Elected
Executive Officer
John H. Tyson
Chairman of the Board of Directors
71
2011
Lori Bondar
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
63
2023
Melanie Boulden
Chief Growth Officer
52
2023
Curt Calaway
Chief Financial Officer
51
2024
Devin Cole
President, International & Global McDonald's
54
2024
Adam Deckinger
General Counsel and Secretary
48
2023
Jacqueline Hanson
Chief People Officer
55
2024
Donnie King
President and Chief Executive Officer
62
2019
Wes Morris
Group President, Poultry
59
2023
Kyle Narron
Group President, Prepared Foods
44
2024
Brady Stewart
Group President, Beef, Pork and Chief Supply Chain Officer
45
2023
John R. Tyson
Executive Vice President
34
2019
John H. Tyson has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since 1998 and was previously Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 2000 until 2006.
Mr. Tyson was initially employed by the Company in 1973.
Lori Bondar was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer in December 2023, after serving as Senior Vice President, Finance and
Accounting since her initial employment with the Company in September 2023. Ms. Bondar was employed by Avery Dennison Corporation from 2008 to 2023
prior to joining the Company.
20
Melanie Boulden was appointed Chief Growth Officer since her initial employment with the Company in February 2023. She has also served as Group
President, Prepared Foods from September 2023 to September 2024. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Boulden was employed by The Coca-Cola Company
from 2019 to 2022, Reebok International from 2018 to 2019, and Crayola and Kraft Foods prior to that.
Curt Calaway was appointed Chief Financial Officer in August 2024, after serving as interim Chief Financial Officer from June 2024 to August 2024, as Chief
Financial Officer for the Company's Prepared Foods business segment from May 2024 to August 2024, and as Senior Vice President and Treasurer from April
2022 to May 2024 and from December 2018 to May 2021. Between May 2021 and April 2022, he served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate
Development and has also held various leadership roles including Controller, Chief Accounting Officer and Vice President of Audit and Compliance. Mr.
Calaway was initially employed by the Company in 2006.
Devin Cole was appointed as President, International & Global McDonald’s in July 2024 after serving as President, Global McDonald’s since March 2024. He
was also employed at the Company from 1995 to 2014, serving in various roles including as a Group Vice President and as Chief Commercial Officer. Mr. Cole
was employed by George’s Inc. from 2016 to 2023 and Keystone Foods from 2015 to 2016 before returning to the Company.
Adam Deckinger was appointed as General Counsel and Secretary in January 2023 after serving as Senior Vice President and Head of Law and Compliance
since November 2022. Prior to that role, Mr. Deckinger served as Vice President and Associate General Counsel since his initial employment with the Company
in April 2018. Mr. Deckinger was employed by The Boeing Company prior to joining the Company.
Jacqueline Hanson was appointed Chief People Officer in January 2024 after serving as Human Resources Senior Vice President for Poultry, Cobb, McDonald’s
and International since August 2022. Ms. Hanson was employed by John Deere prior to joining the Company.
Donnie King was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in June 2021 after serving as Chief Operating Officer since February 2021 and Group
President Poultry since September 2020. Mr. King served as Chief Administration Officer from February 2019 to September 2020 in addition to the role of
Group President, International from January 2019 to February 2020. Mr. King previously served as President, North American Operations from 2015 to 2016
and President, North American Operations and Foodservice in 2014. Mr. King was initially employed by Valmac Industries in 1982. Valmac Industries was
acquired by the Company in 1984. Mr. King was self-employed from 2016 to February 2019 before returning to the Company.
Wes Morris was appointed Group President, Poultry in January 2023 after serving as a consultant to the Company since October 2020. Mr. Morris was
previously employed by the Company from 1999 until 2017 and has served in many leadership roles including President, Prepared Foods Operations. Mr.
Morris was employed by Simmons Foods before his return to the Company.
Brady Stewart was appointed Group President, Beef, Pork and Chief Supply Chain Officer in August 2023 after serving as Group President, Fresh Meats since
his initial employment with the Company in January 2023. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Stewart was employed by Smithfield Foods from 2017 to 2022
and the Kansas City Sausage Company prior to that.
Kyle Narron was appointed Group President, Prepared Foods in October 2024, after serving as Senior Vice President of Pork and Prepared Foods from February
2023 to September 2024. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Narron was employed by Smithfield Foods and Summit Logistics Group.
John R. Tyson is an Executive Vice President of the Company. He was previously Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company from
October 2022 to June 2024, after serving as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Chief Sustainability Officer since October 2021, as Chief Sustainability
Officer from September 2019 to October 2021, and as Director, Office of the Chief Executive Officer since his initial employment with the Company in May
2019. Mr. Tyson has been an observer at the Company’s board of directors’ meetings since 2014. He was employed by J.P. Morgan and as a private equity and
venture capital investor prior to joining the Company.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES
We have, issued and outstanding, two classes of capital stock, Class A stock and Class B stock. Holders of Class B stock may convert such stock into Class A
stock on a share-for-share basis. Holders of Class B stock are entitled to 10 votes per share and holders of Class A stock are entitled to one vote per share on
matters submitted to shareholders for approval. As of October 26, 2024, there were approximately 25,000 holders of record of our Class A stock and six holders
of record of our Class B stock.
21
DIVIDENDS
Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per share amount of the cash
dividend paid to holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. In fiscal 2024, the annual
dividend rate for Class A stock was $1.96 per share and the annual dividend rate for Class B stock was $1.764 per share. Effective November 8, 2024, the Board
of Directors increased the quarterly dividend previously declared on August 8, 2024, to $0.50 per share on our Class A common stock and $0.45 per share on our
Class B common stock. The increased quarterly dividend is payable on December 13, 2024, to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 29,
2024. The Board also declared a quarterly dividend of $0.50 per share on our Class A common stock and $0.45 per share on our Class B common stock, payable
on March 14, 2025, to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 28, 2025. We anticipate the remaining quarterly dividends in fiscal 2025 will
be $0.50 and $0.45 per share of our Class A and Class B stock, respectively. This results in an annual dividend rate in fiscal 2025 of $2.00 for Class A shares and
$1.80 for Class B shares, or a 2% increase compared to the fiscal 2024 annual dividend rate. We have paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends on common stock
each year since 1977.
MARKET INFORMATION
Our Class A stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TSN.” No public trading market currently exists for our Class B stock.
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The table below provides information regarding our purchases of Class A stock during the periods indicated.
Period
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
Average
Price Paid
per Share
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans
or Programs
Jun. 30, 2024 to Jul. 27, 2024
3,165
$
58.26
—
7,301,400
Jul. 28, 2024 to Aug. 31, 2024
9,538
62.36
—
7,301,400
Sept. 1, 2024 to Sept. 28, 2024
88,487
47.63
—
7,301,400
Total
101,190
$
49.35
—
7,301,400
(1)
On February 7, 2003, our Board of Directors approved a program to repurchase up to 25 million shares of Class A common stock from time to time in open market or privately
negotiated transactions. On May 3, 2012, our Board of Directors approved an increase of 35 million shares, on January 30, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an increase of 25
million shares and on February 4, 2016, our Board of Directors approved an increase of 50 million shares under the program. The program has no fixed or scheduled termination date.
(2)
We purchased 101,190 shares during the period that were not made pursuant to our previously announced stock repurchase program but were purchased to fund certain Company
obligations under our equity compensation plans.
(3)
Shares purchased during the period pursuant to our previously announced stock repurchase program.
(2)
(3)
(1)
22
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The following graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total returns for our Class A stock, the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index, our fiscal 2023
peer group and the S&P 500 Consumer Staples Index described below.
Fiscal Years Ended
9/28/19
10/3/20
10/2/21
10/1/22
9/30/23
9/28/24
Tyson Foods, Inc.
$
100.00
$
71.30
$
96.50
$
83.02
$
65.73
$
80.54
S&P 500 Index
100.00
115.25
152.19
127.18
154.68
210.00
Fiscal 2023 (Peer Group)
100.00
111.01
125.39
124.62
148.13
188.77
Fiscal 2024 (S&P 500 Consumer Staples Index)
100.00
111.70
126.14
124.21
134.09
174.20
The total cumulative return on investment (change in the year-end stock price plus reinvested dividends), which is based on the stock price or composite index at
the end of fiscal 2019, is presented for each of the periods for the Company, the S&P 500 Index, our fiscal 2023 peer group and the S&P 500 Consumer Staples
Index. The graph compares the performance of the Company’s Class A common stock with that of the S&P 500 Index, our fiscal 2023 peer group, with the
return of each company in the peer group weighted on market capitalization, and the S&P 500 Consumer Staples Index. The stock price performance of the
Company’s Class A common stock shown in the above graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
For fiscal 2024, we selected the S&P 500 Consumer Staples Index for the comparison of total cumulative return on investment. The S&P 500 Consumer Staples
Index was selected as it includes a larger sample of companies within or adjacent to our industry.
For fiscal 2023, our peer group included: Albertsons Companies, Archer Daniels Midland Co., Bunge Ltd., Caterpillar Inc., Coca-Cola Co., Deere & Co., J.B.
Hunt Transport Services, Kraft Heinz Co., Mondelez International, Inc., PepsiCo Inc., Performance Food Group, Sysco Corp., United Natural Foods, U.S. Foods
Holding, Proctor & Gamble and Walmart Inc.
The information in this “Performance Graph” section shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A
or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
23
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Not applicable.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from management’s perspective and
should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our
objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to
be indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash
flows and results of operations. Refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 for additional information
related to fiscal 2022.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson, it has grown under four generations of family
leadership. The Company is unified by this purpose: Tyson Foods. We Feed the World Like Family™ and has a broad portfolio of iconic products and brands
including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp®. Tyson Foods is dedicated to bringing high-quality
food to every table in the world, safely, sustainably, and affordably, now and for future generations.
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other
primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger
and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.
OVERVIEW
Fiscal year
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company’s accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for
fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022.
General
Sales increased $0.4 billion to $53.3 billion in fiscal 2024, largely due to higher average sales prices in our Beef segment. We reported operating income of
$1,409 million in fiscal 2024 as compared to an operating loss of $395 million in fiscal 2023, as we experienced higher operating income in all our segments
other than the Beef segment. During fiscal 2024, we incurred higher performance-based compensation costs of $378 million driven by improved consolidated
results. Due to the nature of our performance-based compensation plans, our segments were primarily impacted based on their relative number of eligible team
members, and thus, our Chicken and Prepared Foods segments incurred a greater proportion of the total costs.
Additionally, in fiscal 2024, our operating income was impacted by $182 million of plant closure and disposal charges, $174 million in legal contingency
accruals, $86 million of costs related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and the subsequent decision to sell the facility, $31 million of restructuring
and related charges and $8 million of brand discontinuation costs, partially offset by the benefit of $70 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred,
related to fires at our production facilities. In fiscal 2023, our results were impacted by $781 million of goodwill impairment charges, $322 million of plant
closure and disposal charges, $156 million of legal contingency accruals, $124 million of restructuring and related charges, $17 million of product line
discontinuation charges, and benefited from $53 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, related to fires at our production facilities and $19 million
related to the relocation of a production facility in China.
Market Environment
According to the USDA, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) increased slightly in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023. The Beef
segment experienced limited supply of market-ready cattle and increased live cattle costs. Additionally, uncertainty exists regarding the timing of the anticipated
cattle herd rebuilding. The Pork segment experienced sufficient supply and reduced hog costs. The Chicken segment experienced reduced feed ingredient costs.
The Prepared Foods segment experienced reduced raw material costs primarily due to lower meat costs. Additionally, the conflicts between Ukraine and Russia,
in addition to the Middle East, are ongoing and there are many risks and uncertainties in relation to the conflicts that are outside of our control. As of
September 28, 2024, the impact of these conflicts have not had a material direct impact on our financial performance. If these conflicts escalate further, impact
additional regions or countries, or have additional economic sanctions imposed, it could have a material impact on our business operations and financial
performance.
24
Margins
Our total operating margin was 2.6% in fiscal 2024. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
•
Beef – (1.9)%
•
Pork – (0.7)%
•
Chicken – 6.0%
•
Prepared Foods – 8.9%
Strategy
We are a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Our strategy is to deliver margins in the core protein business by driving efficiencies and
valuing-up offerings to better serve consumers; grow branded portfolio by innovating new occasions, categories and channels; and scale in international markets
by delivering profitable value-added food offerings in high growth categories.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
Sales
in millions
2024
2023
2022
Sales
$
53,309
$
52,881
$
53,282
Change in sales volume
— %
1.0 %
Change in average sales price
0.6 %
(1.5)%
Sales growth
0.8 %
(0.8)%
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Sales Volume – Volumes were essentially flat and resulted in an increase of $19 million as increased sales volume in our Beef, Pork and Prepared
Foods segments were mostly offset by decreased sales volume in our Chicken segment.
•
Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of $298 million, driven by
increased pricing in our Beef segment.
◦
The above changes in average sales price exclude the impacts of $45 million and $156 million reductions of Sales from the recognition of
legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales were positively impacted by an increase in sales volume, which accounted for an increase of $507 million, driven by increased
volumes in our Chicken segment, partially offset by decreased volumes in our Beef segment due to the reduced domestic availability of live cattle and
our Pork segment as a result of balancing our supply with customer demand.
•
Average Sales Price – Sales were negatively impacted by lower average sales prices, which accounted for a decrease of $752 million, driven by
reduced pricing in our Pork and Chicken segments, partially offset by higher average sales prices in our Beef and Prepared Foods segments.
◦
The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2023 excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal
contingency accruals.
Cost of Sales
in millions
2024
2023
2022
Cost of sales
$
49,682
$
50,250
$
46,614
Gross profit
3,627
2,631
Cost of sales as a percentage of sales
93.2 %
95.0 %
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Cost of sales decreased $568 million. Higher sales volume increased cost of sales by $18 million while lower input cost per pound decreased cost of
sales by $586 million.
•
The $586 million impact of lower input cost per pound was impacted by:
•
Decrease of approximately $895 million in our Chicken segment related to decreased feed ingredient costs.
•
Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $310 million.
•
Decrease of $140 million due to plant closures and disposals.
•
Decrease in hog costs of approximately $135 million in our Pork segment.
•
Decrease in raw material and other input costs of approximately $65 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
25
•
Decrease due to net derivative losses of $55 million in fiscal 2024, compared to net derivative losses of $117 million in fiscal 2023 due to our
risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the
change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•
Decrease of $59 million in our Chicken segment from insurance proceeds, net of costs, related to a production facility fire in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2021.
•
Decrease of $29 million in restructuring and related costs.
•
Increase in cattle costs of approximately $1,315 million in our Beef segment.
•
Increase in performance-based compensation costs of $173 million.
•
Increase of $129 million related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals in our Beef, Pork and Chicken segments.
•
Increase of $86 million in International/Other from costs related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and subsequent decision to sell
the facility.
•
Increase of $42 million in our Beef segment from insurance proceeds received in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 related to the fire at our
production facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.
•
Remaining decrease in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes in
addition to savings from our productivity program.
•
The $18 million impact of increased sales volume was primarily driven by increased volumes in our Beef, Pork and Prepared Foods segments.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Cost of sales increased $3,636 million. Higher sales volume increased cost of sales by $444 million while higher input cost per pound increased cost of
sales by $3,192 million.
•
The $3,192 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:
•
Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $2,135 million in our Beef segment.
•
Increase due to net derivative losses of $117 million in fiscal 2023, compared to net derivative gains of $225 million in fiscal 2022 due to our
risk management activities. These amounts exclude offsetting impacts from related physical purchase transactions, which are included in the
change in live cattle and hog costs and raw material and feed ingredient costs described herein.
•
Increase of $322 million due to costs associated with plant closures and disposals.
•
Increase of $238 million related to inventory lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments.
•
Increase of approximately $36 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredients costs and growout expenses,
partially offset by reduced outside meat purchases.
•
Increase of approximately $24 million in our Chicken segment due to $11 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, in fiscal 2023
compared to $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred, in fiscal 2022 related to the fire at our production facility in fiscal 2021.
•
Decrease in live hog costs of approximately $295 million in our Pork segment.
•
Decrease in freight and transportation costs of approximately $175 million.
•
Decrease in raw material and other input costs of approximately $45 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
•
Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes as well as
the impact of the inflationary environment on our labor and other input costs, partially offset by savings from our productivity program.
•
The $444 million impact of increased sales volume was primarily driven by increased volumes in our Chicken segment.
Selling, General and Administrative
in millions
2024
2023
2022
Selling, general and administrative
$
2,218
$
2,245
$
2,258
As a percentage of sales
4.2 %
4.2 %
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Decrease of $27 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•
Decrease of $71 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•
Decrease of $64 million in restructuring and related costs.
•
Decrease of $28 million in corporate facilities and assets costs.
26
•
Decrease of $18 million in donations.
•
Increase of $155 million in team member costs including $205 million in performance-based compensation partially offset by a decrease of $50
million in all other team member costs.
•
Increase of $8 million in brand discontinuation costs.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Decrease of $13 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:
•
Decrease of $171 million in employee costs primarily from incentive-based compensation.
•
Decrease of $26 million in professional fees.
•
Increase of $71 million from a gain recognized in the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022 from recoveries related to a cattle suppliers
misappropriation of Company funds.
•
Increase of $57 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.
•
Increase of $47 million in restructuring and related costs.
Goodwill Impairment
in millions
2024
2023
Goodwill Impairment
$
—
$
781
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
We recorded $781 million in goodwill impairment charges in fiscal 2023.
Interest (Income) Expense
in millions
2024
2023
Interest income
$
(89)
$
(30)
Interest expense
481
355
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
The increase in interest income for fiscal 2024 was primarily due to higher cash and cash equivalents held and increased interest rates.
•
The increase in interest expense for fiscal 2024 was primarily due to interest expense related to our term loan facilities and the recently issued 5.40%
2029 Notes and 5.70% 2034 Notes.
Other (Income) Expense, net
in millions
2024
2023
$
(75)
$
(42)
2024 – Included $34 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, $15 million gain on sale of an equity method investment, $15 million of joint
venture earnings and $11 million of foreign exchange gains.
2023 – Included $22 million of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, $17 million of foreign exchange gains and $12 million of joint venture
earnings.
Effective Tax Rate
2024
2023
24.8 %
4.3 %
The percentage impacts on the effective tax rate were greater in fiscal 2023 due to the level of pretax (loss) in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2024. Additionally,
the impact of tax benefits decreased the effective tax rate on pretax income in fiscal 2024 and increased the effective tax rate in fiscal 2023 due to the pretax
loss.
2024 – The effective tax rate is higher than the statutory rate due to state taxes and the impact of $63 million of non-deductible goodwill associated with the
sale of our Vienna, Georgia facility.
2023 – The effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate due to a $781 million non-deductible goodwill impairment, partially offset by income tax
credits and a $26 million benefit from the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in
fiscal 2023.
27
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson
in millions, except per share data
2024
2023
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson
$
800
$
(648)
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson - per diluted share
2.25
(1.87)
2024 – Included the following items:
•
$182 million pretax, or ($0.41) per diluted share, of charges related to plant closures and disposals.
•
$174 million pretax, or ($0.38) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•
$86 million pretax, or ($0.21) per diluted share, of charges related to a production facility fire in the Netherlands and our subsequent decision to sell the
facility.
•
$31 million pretax, or ($0.06) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•
$8 million pretax, or ($0.02) per diluted share, of brand discontinuation charges.
•
$104 million pretax, or $0.23 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
2023 – Included the following items:
•
$757 million pretax, or ($2.13) per diluted share, of goodwill impairment charges (non-tax deductible) net of $24 million associated with Net Income
(Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
•
$322 million pretax, or ($0.67) per diluted share, of charges related to plant closures and disposals.
•
$156 million pretax, or ($0.33) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•
$124 million pretax, or ($0.26) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
•
$75 million pretax, or $0.16 per diluted share, of production facilities fire insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
•
$26 million post tax, or $0.07 per diluted share, from remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities at lower enacted state tax rates.
•
$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of product line discontinuation charges.
•
$16 million pretax, or $0.03 per diluted share, related to the relocation of a production facility in China net of $3 million associated with Net Income
(Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia,
China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to
Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, Note 17: Segment Reporting. The following table is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss) for fiscal years ended 2024,
2023 and 2022, which is how we measure segment income (loss):
in millions
Sales
Operating Income (Loss)
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
Beef
$
20,479
$
19,325
$
19,854
$
(381)
$
(91)
$
2,502
Pork
5,903
5,768
6,414
(40)
(139)
193
Chicken
16,425
17,060
16,961
988
(770)
955
Prepared Foods
9,851
9,845
9,689
879
823
746
International/Other
2,353
2,515
2,355
(37)
(218)
14
Intersegment Sales
(1,702)
(1,632)
(1,991)
—
—
—
Total
$
53,309
$
52,881
$
53,282
$
1,409
$
(395)
$
4,410
(a) Beef segment results for fiscal 2024 included a $45 million legal contingency accrual and $41 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals. Beef
segment results for fiscal 2023 included a $333 million goodwill impairment, $42 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred and $33 million of
restructuring and related costs. Beef segment results for fiscal 2022 included $27 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred and $16 million of
restructuring and related costs.
(b) Pork segment results for fiscal 2024 included $108 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals and $73 million of legal contingency accruals.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
28
(c) Chicken segment results for fiscal 2024 included a $56 million legal contingency accrual, $33 million of costs related to plant closures and disposals and
$70 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred. Chicken segment results for fiscal 2023 included $322 million of costs related to plant closures and
disposals, a $210 million goodwill impairment, $156 million of legal contingency accruals, $16 million of restructuring and related costs and $11 million of
insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred. Chicken results for fiscal 2022 included $35 million of insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred.
(d) Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2024 included $24 million of restructuring and related costs. Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2023
include $49 million of restructuring and related costs and $17 million of product line discontinuation charges. Prepared Foods segment results for fiscal 2022
included $36 million of restructuring and related costs.
(e) International/Other results for fiscal 2024 included $86 million of costs, net of insurance proceeds, related to a fire at our production facility in the
Netherlands and subsequent decision to sell. International/Other results for fiscal 2023 included a $238 million goodwill impairment.
Beef Segment Results
in millions
2024
2023
Change 2024 vs.
2023
2022
Change 2023 vs.
2022
Sales
$
20,479
$
19,325
$
1,154
$
19,854
$
(529)
Sales Volume Change
1.6 %
(3.1)%
Average Sales Price Change
4.4 %
0.4 %
Operating Income (Loss)
$
(381)
$
(91)
$
(290)
$
2,502
$
(2,593)
Operating Margin
(1.9)%
(0.5)%
12.6 %
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to higher average carcass weights.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to increased input costs and increased demand.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to compressed beef margins, the recognition of a legal contingency accrual and
plant closures and disposal charges in fiscal 2024, and insurance proceeds in fiscal 2023 related to a fire at a production facility in 2019, partially offset
by a goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2023.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased due to lower availability of live cattle.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased slightly due to price increases associated with reduced live cattle supply and increased input costs,
partially offset by reduced export demand and softening demand.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased due to unfavorable market conditions, including higher fed cattle costs. Additionally,
operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by a goodwill impairment charge and benefited from increased insurance proceeds related to a fire at a
production facility in fiscal 2019, partially offset by increased restructuring and related charges.
Pork Segment Results
in millions
2024
2023
Change 2024 vs.
2023
2022
Change 2023 vs.
2022
Sales
$
5,903
$
5,768
$
135
$
6,414
$
(646)
Sales Volume Change
3.8 %
(2.2)%
Average Sales Price Change
(0.7)%
(7.9)%
Operating Income (Loss)
$
(40)
$
(139)
$
99
$
193
$
(332)
Operating Margin
(0.7)%
(2.4)%
3.0 %
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume increased due to improved market conditions and increased domestic availability of market-ready hogs.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased driven by lower pricing on drop credit items. The change in average sales price excludes the
impact of a $45 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of a legal contingency accrual in fiscal 2024.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to higher pork margins, improved results in our live hog operations and lapping
the impacts of a production facility fire in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, partially offset by the recognition of legal contingency accruals and plant
closures and disposal costs in fiscal 2024.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased as a result of balancing our supply with customer demand.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to reduced global demand.
29
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased due to compressed pork margins, increased operating costs as a result of the inflationary
market environment, losses incurred in our live hog operations and impacts from a production facility fire in the third quarter of fiscal 2023.
Chicken Segment Results
in millions
2024
2023
Change 2024 vs.
2023
2022
Change 2023 vs.
2022
Sales
$
16,425
$
17,060
$
(635)
$
16,961
$
99
Sales Volume Change
(2.2)%
3.4 %
Average Sales Price Change
(2.4)%
(1.9)%
Operating Income (Loss)
$
988
$
(770)
$
1,758
$
955
$
(1,725)
Operating Margin
6.0 %
(4.5)%
5.6 %
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased primarily due to reduced domestic production.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to the impact of lower input costs. The change in average sales price excludes the impact of a
$156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals in fiscal 2023.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to improved operational efficiencies, a goodwill impairment charge recorded in
fiscal 2023, lower plant closures and disposal charges, reduced legal contingency accruals, decreased freight costs and an increase in insurance
proceeds, net of costs incurred associated with a production facility fire in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. Additionally, we experienced $895 million
of lower feed ingredient costs in fiscal 2024 which was partially offset by associated decreases in average sales price.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to improved domestic production and the sell-through of inventory, partially offset by strategic
initiative mix impacts.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased due to the challenging market conditions. The change in average sales price for the fiscal 2023
excludes the impact of a $156 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to the impacts of inflationary market conditions as well as operational impacts
associated with strategic decisions in the first half of fiscal 2023. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $300 million of higher feed
ingredient costs and $80 million of net derivative losses as compared to $195 million of net derivative gains in fiscal 2022. Operating income in fiscal
2023 was impacted by plant closures and disposal charges, goodwill impairment charges, legal contingency accruals and restructuring and related
charges, offset by insurance proceeds, net of costs incurred associated with a production facility fire in fiscal 2021.
Prepared Foods Segment Results
in millions
2024
2023
Change 2024 vs.
2023
2022
Change 2023 vs.
2022
Sales
$
9,851
$
9,845
$
6
$
9,689
$
156
Sales Volume Change
0.9 %
0.3 %
Average Sales Price Change
(0.8)%
1.3 %
Operating Income
$
879
$
823
$
56
$
746
$
77
Operating Margin
8.9 %
8.4 %
7.7 %
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to the acquisition of Williams Sausage Company in the third quarter of 2023.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased primarily due to sales mix.
•
Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to lower raw materials costs, freight costs, marketing, advertising and promotion
expenses and restructuring and related charges.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Sales Volume – Sales volume increased slightly as increased retail volumes were partially offset by a reduction in foodservice volumes.
•
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to the effects of revenue management in an inflationary cost environment and favorable
product mix.
30
•
Operating Income – Operating income increased in fiscal 2023 primarily due to higher average sales prices and a $45 million reduction in raw
material costs, partially offset by increased marketing, advertising and promotion spend. Operating income in fiscal 2023 was impacted by $17 million
of product line discontinuation charges and $49 million of restructuring and related charges.
International/Other Results
in millions
2024
2023
Change 2024 vs.
2023
2022
Change 2023 vs.
2022
Sales
$
2,353
$
2,515
$
(162)
$
2,355
$
160
Operating Income (Loss)
(37)
(218)
181
14
(232)
2024 vs. 2023 –
•
Sales – Sales decreased due to lower average sales price and the impact of the production facility fire in the Netherlands partially offset by increased
volumes in the other regions.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income increased primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2023, partially offset by the
impacts of a production facility fire in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 and the subsequent decision to sell the facility.
2023 vs. 2022 –
•
Sales – Sales increased due to volume growth and pricing actions to offset the high inflationary cost environment, which was partially offset by foreign
exchange rate movements.
•
Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income (loss) decreased due to a $238 million goodwill impairment.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing debt, the payment of
dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by operating activities or short-term borrowings. Based
on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of
opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market
transactions will depend on our operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing
of our capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
in millions
2024
2023
Net income (loss)
$
822
$
(649)
Non-cash items in net income (loss)
1,544
2,214
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
59
136
(Increase) decrease in inventories
153
175
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
(205)
47
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable/receivable
89
108
Net changes in other operating assets and liabilities
128
(279)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
2,590
$
1,752
•
Non-cash items in net income (loss) primarily included depreciation and amortization of $1,400 million and $1,339 million in fiscal 2024 and fiscal
2023, respectively, and a $781 million goodwill impairment in fiscal 2023.
•
Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2024 was $2.6 billion, an increase of $838 million compared to fiscal 2023, due to $801 million of higher
earnings, net of non-cash items, and a $37 million increase in cash provided by the net changes in operating assets and liabilities which was primarily
impacted by:
•
An increase of $407 million due to an increase of $128 million in the net changes in other operating assets and liabilities in fiscal 2024,
compared to a decrease of $279 million in fiscal 2023, primarily driven by an increase in performance-based compensation.
•
Partially offset by:
•
A decrease of $252 million due to a decrease in accounts payable of $205 million during fiscal 2024, compared to an increase of $47 million in
fiscal 2023, primarily due to lower input costs and decrease in days payables outstanding.
•
A decrease of $77 million due to a decrease in accounts receivable of $59 million of fiscal 2024, compared to a decrease of $136 million in
fiscal 2023. The reduced decline in accounts receivable was primarily due to the decreased level of sales in the last few weeks of each year end
partially offset by a net decrease in days sales outstanding.
31
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
in millions
2024
2023
Additions to property, plant and equipment
$
(1,132)
$
(1,939)
(Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net
(3)
(2)
Proceeds from sale of business
174
—
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
—
(262)
Acquisition of equity investments
(29)
(115)
Other, net
102
19
Net cash used for investing activities
$
(888)
$
(2,299)
•
Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety and animal well-being, new equipment, infrastructure
replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for future opportunities.
•
Approximately $625 million will be necessary to complete buildings and equipment under construction at September 28, 2024.
•
We expect capital expenditures between $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion for fiscal 2025. Capital expenditures include investments in profit
improvement projects as well as projects for maintenance and repair.
•
Proceeds from sale of business related to the sale of our Vienna, Georgia facility in fiscal 2024.
•
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired for fiscal 2023 included $223 million, net of cash acquired, for our acquisition of Williams Sausage Company and
$39 million for the 60% equity stake in Supreme Foods Processing Company, a producer and distributor of value-added and cooked chicken and beef
products.
•
Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2023 primarily included: the purchase of minority interest in a global insect-based ingredients company; the
purchase of a minority interest in a fully integrated poultry company in the Middle East that produces broiler chickens and operates hatcheries and feed
mills; and deferred payments related to prior year equity method investment.
•
Other, net for fiscal 2024 primarily included proceeds from disposition of corporate assets, proceeds on the sale of an equity method investment and
insurance proceeds related to fires at our production facilities.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
in millions
2024
2023
Proceeds from issuance of debt
$
2,415
$
1,130
Payments on debt
(1,641)
(603)
Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper
1,694
7,693
Repayments of commercial paper
(2,285)
(7,103)
Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock
(49)
(354)
Dividends
(684)
(670)
Stock options exercised
14
11
Other, net
(45)
(16)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
$
(581)
$
88
•
During fiscal 2024, proceeds from issuance of debt included $750 million of proceeds from the term loan facility due May 2028, $600 million of
proceeds from the 5.40% 2029 Notes, and $900 million from the 5.70% 2034 Notes. During fiscal 2023, proceeds from issuance of debt included
$1 billion of proceeds from the issuance of a term loan facility due May 2026.
•
Payments on debt included:
•
2024 – In March 2024, we issued senior unsecured notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion. A portion of the net proceeds from the
issuances were used to repay $250 million of the amount outstanding under our term loan facility due May 2026 and we used the remainder of the
proceeds to retire the $1,250 million notes due August 2024.
•
2023 – In September 2023, we extinguished the $400 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due September 2023.
•
Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:
•
$300 million of cash paid for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2023.
•
$49 million and $54 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in fiscal 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
•
Dividends paid during fiscal 2024 included a 2% increase to our fiscal 2023 quarterly dividend rate.
32
Liquidity
in millions
Commitments
Expiration Date
Facility
Amount
Outstanding Letters of
Credit (no draw
downs)
Amount
Borrowed
Amount Available at
September 28, 2024
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,717
Short-term investments
10
Revolving credit facility
September 2026
$
2,250
$
—
$
—
2,250
Commercial Paper
—
Total liquidity
$
3,977
•
Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and availability under our revolving credit facility, less the outstanding commercial
paper balance.
•
At September 28, 2024, we had current debt of $74 million, which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing
or new liquidity sources.
•
The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. We had no borrowings
under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2024. Under the terms of the facility, we have the option to establish incremental commitment increases
of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met.
•
We expect net interest expense will approximate $380 million for fiscal 2025.
•
Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities (“current ratio”) was 2.0 to 1 and 1.3 to 1 at September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023,
respectively. The increase in fiscal 2024 was primarily due to increased cash and cash equivalents and decreased current debt.
•
At September 28, 2024, $708 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we do not rely on the
foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available
funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate any excess cash (net of
applicable withholding taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held
by foreign subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial
condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital Resources
Credit Facility
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital expenditures, dividends and share
repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.25 billion, to provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to
backstop our commercial paper program.
At September 28, 2024, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility totaled $2.25 billion. Our revolving credit facility is funded by a
syndicate of 20 banks, with commitments ranging from $35 million to $175 million per bank.
Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital requirements. The
maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1.5 billion. The maturities of the notes may vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the
date of issuance. As of September 28, 2024, we had no commercial paper outstanding. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its
costs increased.
Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We monitor the ratio of our net
debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was
2.8x and 9.1x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (“GAAP”) measures. The decrease in this ratio at September 28, 2024 is due to an increase in EBITDA of $1,896 million and decrease in net debt of
$858 million.
Credit Ratings
Term Loan Facility due May 2028
Standard & Poor’s Rating Services’, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), applicable rating is “BBB”. Moody’s Investor Service,
Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) applicable rating is “Baa2”. The below table outlines the commitment fee on any unused borrowing capacity and the borrowing spread on the
outstanding principal balance of our term loan facility due May 2028 that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody’s.
33
Ratings Level (Moody’s/S&P)
Commitment Fee
Borrowing Spread
Baal/BBB+ or above
0.100 %
1.625 %
Baa2/BBB (current level)
0.125 %
1.750 %
Baa3/BBB- or lower
0.175 %
1.875 %
Revolving Credit Facility
S&P's applicable rating is “BBB.” Moody's applicable rating is “Baa2.” The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion of the facility (“Facility
Fee Rate”) and letter of credit fees and borrowings (“All-in Borrowing Spread”) that corresponds to the applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's.
Ratings Level (Moody's/S&P)
Facility Fee Rate
All-in Borrowing Spread
A2/A or above
0.700 %
0.875 %
A3/A-
0.090 %
1.000 %
Baal/BBB+
0.100 %
1.125 %
Baa2/BBB (current level)
0.125 %
1.250 %
Baa3/BBB or lower
0.175 %
1.375 %
In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is more than a one-notch split
between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the higher Level.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit and term loan facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens
and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of
our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In
addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain
sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at September 28, 2024 and expect that we will maintain compliance.
Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, the funded status of
our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an
underfunded position of $158 million at the end of fiscal 2024 as compared to an underfunded position of $149 million at the end of fiscal 2023. We contributed
$14 million in fiscal 2024 and expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2025. The exact amount of cash
contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual funding
in fiscal 2025 may be different from the estimate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet arrangements we have are
guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain
operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies for
further discussion.
34
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 28, 2024 (in millions):
Payments Due by Period
2025
2026-2027
2028-2029
2030 and
thereafter
Total
Debt principal payments
$
75
$
2,975
$
2,404
$
4,415
$
9,869
Interest payments
489
854
608
2,847
4,798
Guarantees
24
16
26
17
83
Operating lease obligations
197
266
157
187
807
Purchase obligations
368
401
179
247
1,195
Capital expenditures
625
—
—
—
625
Other long-term liabilities
—
—
—
—
904
Total contractual commitments
$
1,778
$
4,512
$
3,374
$
7,713
$
18,281
(1)
In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
(2)
Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective interest rates at September 28,
2024, and expected payment dates.
(3)
Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of which are substantially
collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. The amounts included are the
maximum potential amount of future payments.
(4)
For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5)
Amounts include agreements with a remaining term in excess of one year to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant
terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase
obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide terms that meet the above criteria. For
certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures
prices as published in observable active markets as of September 28, 2024. We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria.
Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination
clauses without penalty have also been excluded.
(6)
Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of September 28, 2024.
(7)
Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. We are unable to reliably estimate the
amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2024; therefore, we have only included the total liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit
obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $180 million that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and
postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits.
In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $137 million and related interest and penalties of $59 million at
September 28, 2024, recorded in Other long-term liabilities.
The potential maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at September 28, 2024, based on the estimated fair values of
the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $280 million. After analyzing residual credit risks and general market
conditions, we have recorded a $14 million allowance for these programs' estimated credit losses at September 28, 2024.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
35
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting operational trends as well as
our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt:
in millions, except ratio data
2024
2023
2022
Net income (loss)
$
822
$
(649)
$
3,249
Less: Interest income
(89)
(30)
(17)
Add: Interest expense
481
355
365
Add/(Less): Income tax expense (benefit)
270
(29)
900
Add: Depreciation
1,159
1,100
945
Add: Amortization (a)
229
229
246
EBITDA
$
2,872
$
976
$
5,688
Total gross debt
9,787
9,506
8,321
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
(1,717)
(573)
(1,031)
Less: Short-term investments
(10)
(15)
(1)
Total net debt
$
8,060
$
8,918
$
7,289
Ratio Calculations:
Gross debt/EBITDA
3.4x
9.7x
1.5x
Net debt/EBITDA
2.8x
9.1x
1.3x
Return on invested capital (b)
3.9%
(1.4%)
13.4%
Total debt to capitalization (c)
34.6%
34.2%
29.6%
Book value per share (d)
$
52.03
$
51.37
$
55.04
(a) Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $12 million, $10 million, $11 million for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, as it is included in
Interest expense.
(b) Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income (loss), calculated by applying the Company’s effective tax rate to operating income (loss), by
the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.
(c) For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.
(d) Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of our debt, net of
cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our
business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability
to generate earnings sufficient to service our debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are
widely used by investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the measurements of
EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures. EBITDA and net
debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other
measure of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for assessing,
but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items added to net income to determine
EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely
primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally, in making investment decisions.
RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and
Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles.
36
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates
we consider critical. These estimates require levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.
Contingent liabilities
Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters,
and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses.
A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis of each individual issue.
We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when
the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of current reserves requires
estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the law and assessments of the amount of damages, and
the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past three fiscal years. As set forth
in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 20: Commitments and Contingencies, we recognized $174 million and $156 million of
charges in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively, from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, broiler chicken grower litigation, pork antitrust
litigation and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood
there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our
estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
Revenue recognition
Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has
transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction
price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for
estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts,
rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to
revenue based on amounts we expect to pay.
Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and
projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of
any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize revenue. As noted above,
estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered have a short duration, and historically, the difference
between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements.
However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material.
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.
Accrued self-insurance
Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. We use an independent
third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number of factors when estimating our self-insurance
liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and
assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the
actuarial estimated median.
37
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, including legal and healthcare
costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or
decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past three fiscal years. We do not
believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if
actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial
estimate at September 28, 2024, would not have a significant impact on our liability.
Income taxes
Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various jurisdictions in which we earn
income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries expected to be remitted but does not include an estimate for
taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary
differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation
allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit liabilities for known or
anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income taxes contain uncertainties
due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of
unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Due to the complexity of some of these judgments and uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current
estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit liabilities have been established, or are required to pay
amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected.
An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable
tax settlement would generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect
recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a
material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances.
Defined benefit pension plans
Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a multi-employer plan that
provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees
composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our
pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future
pension payment to all plan participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience.
We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plans was
$8 million in fiscal 2024. The projected benefit obligation was $188 million at the end of fiscal 2024. Unrecognized actuarial loss was $3 million at the end of
fiscal 2024. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with our pension plans to be approximately $7 million in fiscal 2025. We expect to
contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our pension plans in fiscal 2025. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is
dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements.
38
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in developing the required
estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact
upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The
discount rates were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were
applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined
historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns.
Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return assumptions. Retirement rates are based
primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will
result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-employer plans is equal to the
annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise
restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the
plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost during the past
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension
obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized
over future periods and, therefore generally affect the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at September 28, 2024, would
not have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at September 28, 2024,
would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a time with the remaining
assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effect of changes in assumptions are not
necessarily linear.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets
Description
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than
not that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite life intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. We have elected to make the first day of the fourth
quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of
goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business,
unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business, sustained decline in market capitalization or
significant changes in macro-economic factors such as increased interest and discount rates.
We evaluate goodwill for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is
determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may more likely than not be less than its carrying amount or if significant changes to
macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be
required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment
and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is
recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates it is
more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and
perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is
recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
39
Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach
(discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs,
or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples
which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist
in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize operating
margin assumptions based on future expectations, macro-economic trends, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ industries and industry
marketplace valuation multiples. We consider reporting units that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of
impairment. Our fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2022 goodwill impairment analyses did not result in impairment charges.
During fiscal 2023, we experienced lower than previously anticipated operating results and changing market fundamentals, as well as a drop in our market
capitalization to below book value and an increase in long-term treasury rates which caused a net 50 basis point increase in the discount rates used in estimating
the fair value of the reporting units. Based on quantitative assessments, we recognized $781 million of goodwill impairment charges including $333 million to
partially impair the goodwill of the Beef reporting unit, $238 million to fully impair the goodwill of two of our International/Other reporting units and
$210 million to partially impair the goodwill of a Chicken segment reporting unit. Following the fiscal 2023 assessments, our Beef, Pork and two Chicken
segment reporting units, with total goodwill of approximately $3.8 billion, were at heightened risk of impairment.
We performed our annual impairment assessment as of the first day of our fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 and determined it was necessary to perform quantitative
assessments for our Beef, Pork, and two Chicken segment reporting units, as all of these reporting units were at heightened risk of impairment following the
fiscal 2023 assessments. In addition, due to lower than previously anticipated operating results and increased interest rates, we determined it was necessary to
perform a quantitative assessment for one of our International/Other reporting units, which had goodwill of $0.2 billion at September 28, 2024. Based on our
assessments, we determined that all of these reporting units’ estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values, and thus, did not result in any additional
goodwill impairments. Following the annual fiscal 2024 assessment, our Beef and two Chicken segment reporting units, with total goodwill of approximately
$3.3 billion, were at heightened risk of impairment.
Our Beef segment reporting unit had goodwill of $0.3 billion at September 28, 2024. In estimating its fair value, we generally assumed operating margins in
future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. The current year results are not
indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to challenging market conditions associated with lower cattle supplies
which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. An increase of approximately 25-50 basis points in the discount rate or reduced estimated long-term
operating margins to below 2.0%-3.0% (breakeven), with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value of this reporting unit to
exceed its fair value, which may have resulted in an additional material goodwill impairment loss.
Our Chicken segment reporting units had goodwill of $3.0 billion at September 28, 2024. We generally assumed operating margins in future years would
normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. To pass the impairment quantitative test, projected long-
term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to average approximately 4.0%-5.0% (breakeven). Operating margins for fiscal 2024
exceeded the breakeven amounts. Additionally, a hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 75-125 basis points at September 28, 2024, with all
other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying values of the Chicken segment's reporting units to approximate its fair value, which may have
resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss.
Our remaining reporting units, Prepared Foods, Pork and International/Other, had goodwill of $6.5 billion at September 28, 2024, and were not considered at
heightened risk of impairment following the fiscal 2024 annual assessment. A hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 125-150 basis points as
of the date of its most recent estimated fair value determination, which was in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have
caused the carrying value of the Prepared Foods reporting unit, with goodwill of $5.9 billion at September 28, 2024, to approximate its fair value. Discount rates
utilized in the discounted cash flow method would have remained unchanged from the third quarter of fiscal 2023 assessment to our annual fiscal 2024
assessment date.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-royalty valuation approaches,
which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to reflect market participant views which
would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins,
royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. We consider
indefinite life intangible assets that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our fiscal 2024, 2023 and
2022 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge.
40
All of our indefinite life intangible assets' estimated fair values exceeded their carrying values by more than 20% at the date of the most recent estimated fair
value determination, which was in the annual assessment as of the beginning of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, other than one of our Prepared Foods brands
with a carrying value of $0.5 billion at September 28, 2024. A hypothetical increase in the discount rate of approximately 75-125 basis points as of the date of
the most recent estimated fair value, with all other assumptions unchanged, would have caused the carrying value to approximate its fair value. We generally
assumed operating margins and growth rates in future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit
transaction. Operating margins for fiscal 2024 exceeded the breakeven. Had we assumed future growth rates consistent with those realized in fiscal 2024, we
would have failed the impairment quantitative test, which may have resulted in material impairment losses. The current year growth rate is not indicative of
future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to the impacts of rapid inflationary pressures and volatile market conditions which
impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. We do not currently consider any of our other indefinite life intangible assets, which had aggregate carrying
value of $3.6 billion at September 28, 2024, to be at heightened risk of impairment.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets during the last
three years.
Our impairment analysis contains inherent estimates and assumptions, many of which are outside the control of management including interest rates, cost of
capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings, which could positively or negatively impact the anticipated future economic and operating
conditions. The assumptions and estimates used in determining fair value require considerable judgement and are sensitive to changes in underlying
assumptions. These assumptions can change in future periods as a result of overall economic conditions, including the impacts of inflationary pressures,
increased interest and discount rates, global supply chain constraints and decreased market capitalization, amongst others. As a result, there can be no assurance
that estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of assessing impairments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Potential circumstances that
could have a negative effect on the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets include, but are not limited to, lower than forecasted
growth rates or operating margins and changes in discount rates. A reduction in the estimated fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets
could trigger an impairment in the future. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain events or changes in circumstances that might adversely affect the
carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets.
We continuously evaluate the changing macro-economic conditions including inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, demand outlook and export markets,
and the Company's market capitalization. Our reporting units with heightened risk of future impairments with $3.3 billion carrying value at September 28, 2024,
as well as the brand with $0.5 billion carrying value, as described above, all had less than 20% of excess fair value above carrying value as of the date of the
most recent estimated fair value determination with our Beef reporting unit having less than 10% excess fair value above carrying value. Consequently, their
estimated fair values, especially our Beef reporting unit, remain highly sensitive to future discount rate increases, changing macro-economic conditions and
achievement of projected long-term operating margins. Discount rates decreased by approximately 50 basis points from the date of our annual impairment
assessment to September 28, 2024. Although the remaining reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets had more than 20% excess fair value over
carrying amount as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination, they are also susceptible to impairments if any assumptions, estimates, or
market factors significantly change in the future.
Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles
Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be
recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the asset, a change in its physical condition, or an
unexpected change in financial performance.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated undiscounted
future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group. For assets held for sale, we
compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.
We recorded charges related to long-lived assets of $131 million, $101 million and $34 million, in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, observable market valuations,
forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash
flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to determine fair value.
41
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles during
the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate
impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used
to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically
evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies,
outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments.
Business Combinations
Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.
Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market
approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.
For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed.
Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible assets. We make estimates
and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates and discount rates based on historical results,
business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants.
Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets
may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.
Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events
and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, which could result in subsequent impairments. For
more information regarding business combinations, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk relating to our operations results primarily from changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates, as well as credit risk
concentrations. To address certain of these risks, we enter into various derivative transactions as described below. If a derivative instrument is accounted for as a
hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument either will be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets,
liabilities or firm commitments through earnings, or be recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.
Further, we hold certain positions, primarily in grain and livestock futures that either do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting or are not designated as
hedges. With the exception of normal purchases and normal sales that are expected to result in physical delivery, we record these positions at fair value, and the
unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings at each reporting date.
The sensitivity analyses presented below are the measures of potential changes in fair value resulting from hypothetical changes in market prices related to
commodities. Sensitivity analyses do not consider the actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to changes, nor do they consider the effects such
hypothetical adverse changes may have on overall economic activity. Actual changes in market prices may differ from hypothetical changes.
42
COMMODITIES RISK
We purchase certain commodities, such as grains and livestock, during normal operations. As part of our commodity risk management activities, we use
derivative financial instruments, primarily forwards and options, to reduce the effect of changing prices and as a mechanism to procure the underlying
commodity. However, as the commodities underlying our derivative financial instruments can experience significant price fluctuations, any requirement to
mark-to-market the positions that have not been designated or do not qualify as hedges could result in volatility in our results of operations. Contract terms of a
hedge instrument closely mirror those of the hedged item providing a high degree of risk reduction and correlation. Contracts designated and highly effective at
meeting this risk reduction and correlation criteria are recorded using hedge accounting. We generally do not hedge anticipated transactions beyond 18 months.
The following table presents a sensitivity analysis resulting from a hypothetical change of 10% in market prices as of September 28, 2024 and September 30,
2023, on the fair value of open positions. The fair value of such positions is a summation of the fair values calculated for each commodity by valuing each net
position at quoted forward and option prices. The market risk exposure analysis included both derivatives designated as hedge instruments and derivatives not
designated as hedge instruments.
Effect of 10% change in fair value
in millions
2024
2023
Livestock:
Live Cattle
$
11
$
68
Lean Hogs
24
10
Grain:
Corn
11
23
Soybean Meal
16
22
INTEREST RATE RISK
At September 28, 2024, we had variable rate debt of $1,532 million with a weighted average interest rate of 6.7%. A hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates
effective at September 28, 2024 would increase annualized interest expense by approximately $10 million.
Additionally, changes in interest rates impact the fair value of our fixed-rate debt. At September 28, 2024, we had fixed-rate debt of $8,255 million with a
weighted average interest rate of 4.8%. Market risk for fixed-rate debt is estimated as the potential increase in fair value, resulting from a hypothetical 10%
decrease in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would have changed the fair value of our fixed-rate debt by approximately $230 million at
September 28, 2024 and $215 million at September 30, 2023. The fair values of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices and/or published interest
rates.
We are subject to interest rate risk associated with our pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. Changes in interest rates impact the liabilities associated
with these benefit plans as well as the amount of income or expense recognized for these plans. Declines in the value of the plan assets could diminish the
funded status of the pension plans and potentially increase the requirements to make cash contributions to these plans. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, Note 15: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional information.
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
We have foreign exchange exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates primarily as a result of certain receivable and payable balances. The
primary currencies we have exposure to are the Australian dollar, the Brazilian real, the British pound sterling, the Canadian dollar, the Chinese renminbi, the
European euro, the Malaysian ringgit, the Mexican peso, and the Thai baht. We periodically enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge
some portion of our foreign currency exposure. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign exchange rates related to the foreign exchange forward and option
contracts would have had a $25 million and $17 million impact on pretax income at September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Our financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and trade receivables. Our cash equivalents are in high
quality securities placed with major banks and financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to our large number
of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally do not
require collateral. At September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, 15.5% and 15.9%, respectively, of our net accounts receivable balance was due from
Walmart Inc. No other single customer or customer group represented 10% or greater of net accounts receivable.
43
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
in millions, except per share data
fiscal year ended
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
October 1, 2022
Sales
$
53,309
$
52,881
$
53,282
Cost of Sales
49,682
50,250
46,614
Gross Profit
3,627
2,631
6,668
Selling, General and Administrative
2,218
2,245
2,258
Goodwill Impairment
—
781
—
Operating Income (Loss)
1,409
(395)
4,410
Other (Income) Expense:
Interest income
(89)
(30)
(17)
Interest expense
481
355
365
Other, net
(75)
(42)
(87)
Total Other (Income) Expense
317
283
261
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
1,092
(678)
4,149
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
270
(29)
900
Net Income (Loss)
822
(649)
3,249
Less: Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
22
(1)
11
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson
$
800
$
(648)
$
3,238
Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Tyson:
Class A Basic
$
2.31
$
(1.87)
$
9.18
Class B Basic
$
2.06
$
(1.68)
$
8.25
Diluted
$
2.25
$
(1.87)
$
8.92
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
44
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
in millions
fiscal year ended
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
October 1, 2022
Net Income (Loss)
$
822
$
(649)
$
3,249
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Taxes:
Derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges
(5)
2
1
Investments
4
1
(7)
Currency translation
100
29
(162)
Postretirement benefits
(9)
5
43
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Taxes
90
37
(125)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
912
(612)
3,124
Less: Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
36
(1)
11
Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Tyson
$
876
$
(611)
$
3,113
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
45
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
in millions, except share and per share data
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,717
$
573
Accounts receivable, net
2,406
2,476
Inventories
5,195
5,328
Other current assets
433
345
Total Current Assets
9,751
8,722
Net Property, Plant and Equipment
9,442
9,634
Goodwill
9,819
9,878
Intangible Assets, net
5,875
6,098
Other Assets
2,213
1,919
Total Assets
$
37,100
$
36,251
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities:
Current debt
$
74
$
1,895
Accounts payable
2,402
2,594
Other current liabilities
2,311
2,010
Total Current Liabilities
4,787
6,499
Long-Term Debt
9,713
7,611
Deferred Income Taxes
2,285
2,308
Other Liabilities
1,801
1,578
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 20)
Shareholders’ Equity:
Common stock ($0.10 par value):
Class A-authorized 900 million shares, issued 378 million shares
38
38
Convertible Class B-authorized 900 million shares, issued 70 million shares
7
7
Capital in excess of par value
4,597
4,560
Retained earnings
18,873
18,760
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
(184)
(260)
Treasury stock, at cost – 92 million shares at September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023
(4,941)
(4,972)
Total Tyson Shareholders’ Equity
18,390
18,133
Noncontrolling Interests
124
122
Total Shareholders’ Equity
18,514
18,255
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
$
37,100
$
36,251
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
46
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
in millions
fiscal year ended
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
October 1, 2022
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Class A Common Stock:
Balance at beginning and end of year
378
$
38
378
$
38
378
$
38
Class B Common Stock:
Balance at beginning and end of year
70
7
70
7
70
7
Capital in Excess of Par Value:
Balance at beginning of year
4,560
4,553
4,486
Stock-based compensation and other
37
7
67
Balance at end of year
4,597
4,560
4,553
Retained Earnings:
Balance at beginning of year
18,760
20,084
17,502
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson
800
(648)
3,238
Dividends
(687)
(676)
(656)
Balance at end of year
18,873
18,760
20,084
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax:
Balance at beginning of year
(260)
(297)
(172)
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tyson
76
37
(125)
Balance at end of year
(184)
(260)
(297)
Treasury Stock:
Balance at beginning of year
92
(4,972)
88
(4,683)
83
(4,138)
Purchase of Class A common stock
1
(49)
6
(354)
8
(702)
Stock-based compensation
(1)
80
(2)
65
(3)
157
Balance at end of year
92
(4,941)
92
(4,972)
88
(4,683)
Total Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Tyson
$
18,390
$
18,133
$
19,702
Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests:
Balance at beginning of year
$
122
$
109
$
131
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
22
(1)
11
Distributions to noncontrolling interest
(35)
(14)
(11)
Business combinations
1
28
—
Currency translation and other
14
—
(22)
Total Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
$
124
$
122
$
109
Total Shareholders’ Equity
$
18,514
$
18,255
$
19,811
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
47
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
in millions
fiscal year ended
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
October 1, 2022
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)
$
822
$
(649)
$
3,249
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation
1,159
1,100
945
Amortization
241
239
257
Deferred income taxes
(45)
(183)
264
Impairment of goodwill
—
781
—
Impairments and disposals of assets
131
101
34
Stock-based compensation expense
101
61
93
Other, net
(43)
115
(51)
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
59
136
(176)
(Increase) decrease in inventories
153
175
(1,195)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
(205)
47
302
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable/receivable
89
108
(580)
Increase (decrease) in interest payable
—
—
(13)
Net changes in other operating assets and liabilities
128
(279)
(442)
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
2,590
1,752
2,687
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(1,132)
(1,939)
(1,887)
Purchases of marketable securities
(38)
(34)
(35)
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
35
32
34
Proceeds from sale of business
174
—
—
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
—
(262)
—
Acquisition of equity investments
(29)
(115)
(177)
Other, net
102
19
130
Cash Used for Investing Activities
(888)
(2,299)
(1,935)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of debt
2,415
1,130
103
Payments on debt
(1,641)
(603)
(1,191)
Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper
1,694
7,693
—
Repayments of commercial paper
(2,285)
(7,103)
—
Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock
(49)
(354)
(702)
Dividends
(684)
(670)
(653)
Stock options exercised
14
11
126
Other, net
(45)
(16)
(6)
Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities
(581)
88
(2,323)
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash
23
1
(35)
(Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
1,144
(458)
(1,606)
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash at Beginning of Year
573
1,031
2,637
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash at End of Year
1,717
573
1,031
Less: Restricted Cash at End of Year
—
—
—
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
$
1,717
$
573
$
1,031
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
48
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TYSON FOODS, INC.
NOTE 1: BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
Tyson Foods, Inc. (collectively, “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”), is a world-class food company and recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W.
Tyson, it has grown under four generations of family leadership. The Company is unified by this purpose: Tyson Foods. We Feed the World Like Family™ and
has a broad portfolio of iconic products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, Aidells® and ibp®.
Tyson Foods is dedicated to bringing high-quality food to every table in the world, safely, sustainably, and affordably, now and for future generations.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as majority-owned subsidiaries over which we exercise
control and, when applicable, entities for which we have a controlling financial interest or variable interest entities for which we are the primary beneficiary. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Year
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company’s accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for
fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of investments in short-term, highly liquid securities having original maturities of three months or less, which are made as part of our
cash management activity. The carrying values of these assets approximate their fair values. We primarily utilize a cash management system with a series of
separate accounts consisting of lockbox accounts for receiving cash, concentration accounts where funds are moved to, and several zero-balance disbursement
accounts for funding payroll, accounts payable, livestock procurement, livestock grower payments, etc. As a result of our cash management system, checks
issued, but not presented to the banks for payment, may result in negative book cash balances. These negative book cash balances are included in accounts
payable and other current liabilities. Checks outstanding in excess of related book cash balances totaled approximately $100 million and $125 million at
September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
Accounts Receivable
We record accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for estimated credit losses to reflect any loss anticipated on
the accounts receivable balances and charged to the allowance for credit losses. We calculate this allowance based on our history of write-offs, future economic
conditions, level of past due accounts, and relationships with and economic status of our customers. At September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, our
allowance for credit losses was $38 million and $31 million, respectively. We generally do not have collateral for our receivables, but we do periodically
evaluate the credit worthiness of our customers.
Inventories
Processed products, livestock and supplies and other are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost includes purchased raw materials, live purchase
costs, livestock growout costs (primarily feed, livestock grower pay and catch and haul costs), labor and manufacturing and production overhead, which are
related to the purchase and production of inventories. At September 28, 2024, the cost of inventories was determined by either the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”)
method or the weighted-average method, which is consistent with the methods used at September 30, 2023. Inventories are presented net of lower of cost or net
realizable value adjustments of $115 million and $145 million as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The following table reflects the
major components of inventory as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
2024
2023
Processed products
$
2,897
$
2,847
Livestock
1,460
1,594
Supplies and other
838
887
Total inventory
$
5,195
$
5,328
49
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and generally depreciated on a straight-line method over the estimated lives for buildings and leasehold
improvements of 10 to 33 years, machinery and equipment of 3 to 12 years and land improvements and other of 3 to 20 years. Major repairs and maintenance
costs that significantly extend the useful life of the related assets are capitalized. Normal repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations. We review the
carrying value of long-lived assets at each balance sheet date if indication of impairment exists. Recoverability is assessed using undiscounted cash flows based
on historical results and current projections of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We measure impairment as the excess of carrying
value over the fair value of an asset group. The fair value of an asset group is generally measured using discounted cash flows including market participant
assumptions of future operating results and discount rates.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Definite life intangibles are initially recorded at fair value and amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Brands and trademarks are generally amortized
using the straight-line method over 20 years or less. Customer relationships and supply arrangements are generally amortized over 7 to 30 years based on the
pattern of revenue expected to be generated from the use of the asset. The gross cost and accumulated amortization of intangible assets are removed when the
recorded amounts are fully amortized and the asset is no longer in use or the contract has expired. Amortization expense is generally recognized in selling,
general, and administrative expense. We review the carrying value of definite life intangibles at each balance sheet date if indication of impairment exists.
Recoverability is assessed using undiscounted cash flows based on historical results and current projections of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization. We measure impairment as the excess of carrying value over the fair value of the definite life intangible asset group. We use various valuation
techniques to estimate fair value, with the primary techniques being discounted cash flows, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings valuation
approaches, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are
required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic
projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data.
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more
frequently if impairment indicators arise. The first day of the fourth quarter is our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life intangible
assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside of the required annual assessment if,
among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the
business, sustained decline in market capitalization or significant changes in macro-economic factors such as increased interest and discount rates.
Our goodwill is allocated by reporting unit and is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative
goodwill test is necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may more likely than not be less than carrying
amount, or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a quantitative
goodwill impairment test would be required. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test. The quantitative test
is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount
of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach
(discounted cash flow method), with another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method), which use significant unobservable inputs,
or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuations multiples
which consider our budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist
in an exit transaction. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we utilize
operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units' industries and industry marketplace
valuation multiples.
Some of the inherent estimates and assumptions used in determining fair value of the reporting units are outside the control of management, including interest
rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to
calculate the fair value of the reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If our actual results are not consistent with our estimates and
assumptions used to calculate fair value, it could result in additional material impairments of our goodwill.
50
During fiscal 2024 and 2022, we determined none of our reporting units’ fair values were below its carrying value. During fiscal 2023, we experienced lower
than anticipated operating results and changing market fundamentals, as well as a drop in our market capitalization to below book value and an increase in long-
term treasury rates which caused a net 50 basis point increase in the discount rates used in estimating the fair value of the reporting units. Based on quantitative
assessments in fiscal 2023, we recognized $781 million of goodwill impairment charges including $333 million to partially impair the goodwill of the Beef
reporting unit, $238 million to fully impair the goodwill of two of our International/Other reporting units and $210 million to partially impair the goodwill of a
Chicken segment reporting unit.
We consider reporting units that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. Our Chicken segment
reporting units and our Beef reporting unit with goodwill totaling $3.0 billion and $0.3 billion, respectively, at September 28, 2024, were considered at
heightened risk of impairment as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value determination.
For our indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates
it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and
perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is
recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets when performing a quantitative assessment is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and
relief-from-royalty valuation approaches, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and is believed to
reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions
about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and
marketplace data. During fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, we determined the fair value of each of our indefinite life intangible assets exceeded its carrying value.
We consider indefinite life intangible assets that have 20% or less excess fair value over carrying amount to have a heightened risk of impairment. All of our
indefinite life intangible assets’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying values by more than 20% at the date of their most recent estimated fair value
determination, other than a Prepared Foods brand with a carrying value of $0.5 billion at September 28, 2024.
Our reporting units with heightened risk of future impairments with $3.3 billion carrying value at September 28, 2024, as well as the brand with $0.5 billion
carrying value, as described above, all have less than 20% of excess fair value above carrying value as of the date of the most recent estimated fair value
determination with our Beef reporting unit having less than 10% excess fair value above carrying value. Consequently, their estimated fair values, especially our
Beef reporting unit, remain highly sensitive to future discount rate increases, changing macro-economic conditions and achievement of projected long-term
operating margins. Discount rates decreased by approximately 50 basis points from the date of our annual impairment assessment to September 28, 2024.
Although the remaining reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets generally had more than 20% excess fair value over carrying amount as of the date of
the most recent estimated fair value determination, they are also susceptible to impairments if any assumptions, estimates, or market factors significantly change
in the future.
Leases
We determine if an agreement is or contains a lease at its inception by evaluating if an identified asset exists that we control for a period of time. When a lease
exists, we classify it as a finance or operating lease and record a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a corresponding lease liability at lease commencement. We have
elected to not record leases with a term of 12 months or less in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and accordingly, lease expense for these short-term leases is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Finance lease assets are presented within Net Property, Plant and Equipment, and finance lease liabilities
are presented within Current and Long-Term Debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Operating ROU assets are presented within Other Assets, and operating
lease liabilities are recorded within Other current liabilities and Other Liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Lease assets are subject to review for
impairment within the related long-lived asset group.
ROU assets are presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the present value of the corresponding liabilities and are adjusted for any prepayments,
lease incentives received or initial direct costs incurred. The measurement of our ROU assets and liabilities includes all fixed payments and any variable
payments based on an index or rate. Variable lease payments which do not depend on an index, or where rates are unknown, are excluded from lease payments
in the measurement of the ROU asset and lease liability, and accordingly, are recognized as lease expense in the period the obligation for those payments is
incurred. The present value of lease payments is based on our incremental borrowing rate according to the lease term and information available at the lease
commencement date, as our lease arrangements generally do not provide an implicit interest rate. The incremental borrowing rate is derived using a
hypothetically-collateralized borrowing cost, based on our revolving credit facility, plus a country risk factor, where applicable. We consider our credit rating
and the current economic environment in determining the collateralized rate.
51
Our lease arrangements can include fixed or variable non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, taxes and labor. We account for each lease and
any non-lease components associated with that lease as a single lease component for all asset classes, except production and livestock grower asset classes
embedded in service and supply agreements, and other asset classes that include significant maintenance or service components. We account for lease and non-
lease components of an agreement separately based on relative stand-alone prices either observable or estimated if observable prices are not readily available.
For asset classes where an election was made not to separate lease and non-lease components, all costs associated with a lease contract are disclosed as lease
costs. The accounting for some of the Company's leases may require significant judgment when determining whether a contract is or contains a lease, the lease
term, and the likelihood of exercising renewal or termination options. Our leases can include options to extend or terminate use of the underlying assets. These
options are included in the lease term used to determine ROU assets and corresponding liabilities when we are reasonably certain we will exercise the option.
Additionally, certain leases can have residual value guarantees, which are included within our operating lease liabilities when considered probable. Our lease
agreements do not include significant restrictions or covenants.
Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease.
Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, whereas the amortization of finance lease assets is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the underlying asset or the lease term. Operating lease expense and finance lease amortization are
presented in Cost of Sales or Selling, General and Administrative in our Consolidated Statements of Income depending on the nature of the leased item. Interest
expense on finance lease obligations is recorded over the lease term and is presented in Interest expense, based on the effective interest method. All operating
lease cash payments and interest on finance leases are presented within Cash flows from operating activities and all finance lease principal payments are
presented within cash flows from financing activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Investments
We have investments in joint ventures and other entities. The equity method of accounting is used for entities in which we exercise significant influence but do
not have a controlling interest or a variable interest in which we are the primary beneficiary. Under the equity method of accounting, the initial investment is
recorded at cost and the investment is subsequently adjusted for its proportionate share of earnings or losses and dividends, including consideration of basis
differences resulting from the difference between the initial carrying amount of the investment and the underlying equity in net assets, as applicable. Equity
method investments totaled $550 million and $580 million at September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
Investments not accounted for using the equity method do not have readily determinable fair values and do not qualify for the practical expedient to measure the
investment using a net asset value per share. These investments are recorded using the measurement alternative in which our equity interests are recorded at
cost, less impairments, adjusted for observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or similar investment of the same issuer. At each reporting
period, we assess if these investments continue to qualify for this measurement alternative. An impairment is recorded when there is evidence that the expected
fair value of the investment has declined to below the recorded cost. Adjustments to the carrying value are recorded in Other, net in the Consolidated Statements
of Income. Investments in joint ventures and other entities are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Assets.
We also have investments in marketable debt securities. We have determined all of our marketable debt securities are available-for-sale investments. These
investments are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices as of the balance sheet date, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, recorded in other
comprehensive income.
The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is recorded in interest
income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Realized gains and losses on the sale of debt securities and declines in value
due to credit-related factors are recorded on a net basis in other income. Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded in
interest income.
Accrued Self-Insurance
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms in an effort to mitigate the potential liabilities for health and welfare, workers’ compensation,
auto liability and general liability risks. Liabilities associated with our risks retained are estimated, in part, by considering claims experience, demographic
factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions.
Other Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, include (in millions):
2024
2023
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
$
912
$
672
Taxes payable
210
156
Accrued current legal contingencies
349
289
Other
840
893
Total other current liabilities
$
2,311
$
2,010
52
Defined Benefit Plans
We recognize the funded status of defined pension and postretirement plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The funded status is measured as the difference
between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation. We measure our plan assets and liabilities at the end of our fiscal year. For a defined benefit
pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other defined benefit postretirement plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the
benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Any overfunded status is recognized as an asset and any underfunded status is recognized
as a liability. Any transitional asset/liability, prior service cost or actuarial gain/loss that has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic cost is
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income will be adjusted as these amounts are subsequently
recognized as a component of net periodic benefit costs in future periods.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We purchase certain commodities, such as grains and livestock, during normal operations. As part of our commodity risk management activities, we use
derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce our exposure to various market risks related to these purchases, as well as to changes in
foreign currency exchange and interest rates. Contract terms of a financial instrument qualifying as a hedge instrument closely mirror those of the hedged item,
providing a high degree of risk reduction and correlation. Contracts designated and highly effective at meeting risk reduction and correlation criteria are
recorded using hedge accounting. If a derivative instrument is accounted for as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the
instrument either will be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings, or be recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. Instruments we hold as part of our risk management activities that do not meet
the criteria for hedge accounting are marked to fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported currently in earnings. Changes in market value of derivatives
used in our risk management activities relating to inputs of forward sales contracts are recorded in Cost of Sales. Changes in market value of derivatives used in
our risk management activities surrounding inventories on hand or anticipated purchases of inventories are recorded in Cost of Sales. Changes in market value
of derivatives used in our risk management activities related to interest rates are recorded in Interest expense. Changes in the market value of derivatives used in
our risk management activities related to foreign exchange contracts are recorded in Other, net. We generally do not hedge anticipated transactions beyond 18
months.
Litigation Accruals
There are a variety of legal proceedings pending or threatened against us. Accruals are recorded when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount
of the liability can be reasonably estimated based on current law, progress of each case, opinions and views of legal counsel and other advisers, our experience in
similar matters and intended response to the litigation. These amounts, which are not discounted and are exclusive of claims against third parties, are adjusted
periodically as assessment efforts progress or additional information becomes available. We expense amounts for administering or litigating claims as incurred.
Accruals for legal proceedings are included in Other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Supplier Financing Programs
We have supplier financing programs with financial institutions, in which we agree to pay the financial institution the stated amount of confirmed invoices on
the invoice due date for participating suppliers. Participation in these programs is optional and solely up to the supplier, who negotiates the terms of the
arrangement directly with the financial institution and may allow early payment. Supplier participation in these programs has no bearing on the Company's
amounts due. The payment terms that we have with participating suppliers under these programs are generally up to 120 days. We do not have an economic
interest in a supplier's participation in the program or a direct financial relationship with the financial institution funding the program. We are responsible for
ensuring that participating financial institutions are paid according to the terms negotiated with the supplier. The outstanding payment obligations due to the
financial institutions as of the end of a period are included in accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The activity related to these programs is
reflected within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Supplier financing program disclosures are omitted as they are
deemed immaterial.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue mainly through retail, foodservice, international, industrial and other distribution channels. Our revenues primarily result from contracts
with customers and are generally short term in nature with the delivery of product as the single performance obligation. We recognize revenue for the sale of the
product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally
occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the sale. We elected to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after the
customer has obtained control of the product as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service. Our contracts are generally less than one year, and
therefore we recognize costs paid to third party brokers to obtain contracts as expenses. Additionally, items that are not material in the context of the contract are
recognized as expense. Any taxes collected on behalf of government authorities are excluded from net revenues.
53
Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing goods to
customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which includes consumer incentives, trade promotions,
and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to
these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue based on amounts we expect to pay. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization,
and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the
impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified. In many cases, key sales terms such as pricing and quantities ordered are
established on a regular basis such that most customer arrangements and related incentives have a duration of less than one year. Amounts billed and due from
customers are short term in nature and are classified as receivables since payments are unconditional and only the passage of time is required before payments
are due. Additionally, we do not grant payment financing terms greater than one year. Freight expense associated with products shipped to customers is
recognized in cost of sales.
Advertising Expenses
Advertising expense is charged to operations in the period incurred and is recorded as selling, general and administrative expense. Advertising expense totaled
$267 million, $339 million, and $283 million in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs totaled $106 million, $114 million, $108 million in fiscal 2024,
2023 and 2022, respectively.
Business Combinations
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is obtained, 100% of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.
Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses including
transaction and integration costs are expensed as incurred.
We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and market approach to value
property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles, and discounted cash flow to value goodwill. We make estimates and
assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates, and discount rates based on historical results, business
plans, expected synergies, perceived risk, and marketplace data considering the perspective of marketplace participants. Determining the useful life of an
intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have
indefinite useful lives.
Government Assistance Programs
We periodically receive government assistance typically in the form of cash grants or refundable tax credits (collectively “Grant” or “Grants”). The Grants
generally specify conditions that must be met in order for the Grants to be earned, such as employment, employee retention targets, and construction or
acquisition of property and equipment and are often time-bound. If conditions are not satisfied or if the duration period for the arrangement is not met, the
Grants may be subject to reduction, repayment, or termination.
During fiscal years 2024, 2023, and 2022, we received amounts related to Grants that were not material to the financial statements; however, this conclusion can
change based on additional grants received in the future. To the extent amounts have been received by the Company in advance of completion of the conditions,
they have been recognized in other current liabilities or other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as appropriate.
Use of Estimates
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which require us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from
those estimates. During fiscal 2023, we revised estimates and recorded adjustments of approximately $30 million primarily to reduce certain employee
compensation accruals recorded as of October 1, 2022.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to disclose certain additional expense information including, among other items, purchases of
inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and intangible asset amortization included within each Consolidated Statement of Income expense caption. The
guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, our fiscal 2028, and interim reporting periods within fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2027, our fiscal 2029. Amendments can be applied using either the prospective or the retrospective approach. We are currently
evaluating the impact this guidance will have on disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2024, the SEC issued a final rule that will require registrants to provide certain climate-related information in their registration statements and annual
reports. The rule is effective for annual reporting periods beginning in 2025, our fiscal 2026, and will be applied prospectively. However, the SEC has issued a
stay on the final rule due to legal challenges, and the effective date has been delayed indefinitely. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have
on disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.
54
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued authoritative guidance to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness
of income tax disclosures primarily related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods
beginning after December 15, 2024, our fiscal 2026, and will be applied prospectively. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on
disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to improve the disclosures about a public entity's reportable segments and address requests from
investors for additional, more detailed information about a reportable segment's expenses. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2023, our fiscal 2025, and interim reporting periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, our fiscal 2026. Amendments will be
applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on disclosures in
our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2023, the FASB issued authoritative guidance intended to address issues related to arrangements between entities under common control such as terms
and conditions an entity should consider for determining whether a lease exists and the classification and accounting for that lease as well as accounting for
leasehold improvements associated with leases between entities under common control. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods and interim
periods within those annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2023, our fiscal 2025, and can be applied using either the prospective or
retrospective approach. This disclosure requirement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2022, the FASB issued guidance that requires additional disclosures for supplier finance programs to allow users to better understand the nature,
activity and potential magnitude of the programs. The guidance, except for a requirement for rollforward information, is effective for annual reporting periods
and interim periods within those annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022, our fiscal 2024. Disclosure of rollforward information is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, our fiscal 2025. Early adoption is permitted and the retrospective transition method should be applied for all
amendments except rollforward information, which should be applied prospectively. We elected to early adopt the initial disclosure requirement for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2023, and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 2: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
In September 2022, the FASB issued guidance that requires additional disclosures for supplier finance programs to allow users to better understand the nature,
activity and potential magnitude of the programs. The guidance, except for a requirement for rollforward information, is effective for annual reporting periods
and interim periods within those annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022, our fiscal 2024. Disclosure of rollforward information is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, our fiscal 2025. Early adoption is permitted and the retrospective transition method should be applied for all
amendments except rollforward information, which should be applied prospectively. We elected to early adopt the initial disclosure requirement for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2023, and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2021, the FASB issued authoritative guidance intended to provide consistent and transparent disclosures around government assistance by
requiring disclosures of the type of government assistance, our method of accounting for the government assistance and the effect on our financial statements.
This guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, our fiscal 2023, and can be applied using either the prospective or
retrospective approach. We adopted this guidance for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements as amounts received from government assistance programs were not material.
NOTE 3: ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
Acquisitions
In the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we acquired Williams Sausage Company for $220 million, net of cash acquired, as part of our growth strategy to increase our
capacity and product portfolio. Its results, subsequent to the acquisition closing, are included in our Prepared Foods segment and through September 28, 2024
were insignificant to our Consolidated Statements of Income. The purchase price allocation included $15 million of net working capital, including $3 million of
cash acquired, $67 million of Property, Plant and Equipment, $107 million of Goodwill, $65 million of Intangible Assets, and $31 million of Deferred Income
Taxes. Intangible Assets include brands and trademarks and customer relationships which will be amortized over a life of 20 and 12 years, respectively.
$50 million of the goodwill is deductible for U.S. income tax purposes. The acquisition of Williams Sausage Company was accounted for using the acquisition
method of accounting.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2023, we completed the acquisition of a 60% equity stake in Supreme Foods Processing Company ("SFPC"), a producer and
distributor of value-added and cooked chicken and beef products, and a 15% equity stake in Agricultural Development Company ("ADC"), a fully integrated
poultry company, for a total purchase price of $75 million, net of cash acquired. Both SFPC and ADC were subsidiaries of Tanmiah Food Company. The results
of SFPC, subsequent to the acquisition closing, are included in International/Other for segment presentation and through September 28, 2024 were insignificant
to our Consolidated Statements of Income. We are accounting for the investment in ADC under the equity method.
55
Acquisition of equity method investments in fiscal 2023, which totaled $115 million, primarily included ADC and the purchase of a minority interest in a global
insect-based ingredients company as well as deferred payments related to a prior year investment.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we acquired a 35% minority interest in a South American-based fully integrated poultry company for approximately
$100 million. We are accounting for the investment under the equity method.
Dispositions
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, we completed the sale of our Vienna, Georgia facility, which was included in our Chicken segment, for $174 million. As a
result of the sale, we recorded a pretax gain of $16 million, which was reflected in Cost of Sales in our Consolidated Statement of Income for our fiscal 2024.
The facility's $158 million carrying value primarily consisted of fixed assets and inventory, and included $63 million of goodwill that was not deductible for tax
purposes. The Company concluded the sale of the facility was not a significant disposal and did not represent a strategic shift, and therefore, was not classified
as a discontinued operation for any of the periods presented.
NOTE 4: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The following table reflects major categories of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023
(in millions):
2024
2023
Land
$
220
$
219
Building and leasehold improvements
6,981
6,460
Machinery and equipment
11,457
10,680
Land improvements and other
600
559
Buildings and equipment under construction
705
1,782
19,963
19,700
Less accumulated depreciation
10,521
10,066
Net property, plant and equipment
$
9,442
$
9,634
NOTE 5: GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table reflects goodwill activity for fiscal years 2024 and 2023 (in millions):
Beef
Pork
Chicken
Prepared Foods
International/Other
Consolidated
Balance at October 1, 2022
$
676
$
423
$
3,273
$
5,784
$
357
$
10,513
Fiscal 2023 Activity:
Acquisitions
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
118
$
19
$
137
Measurement period adjustments
—
—
—
2
—
2
Impairment losses
(333)
—
(210)
—
(238)
(781)
Currency translation
—
—
1
—
6
7
Balance at September 30, 2023
$
343
$
423
$
3,064
$
5,904
$
144
$
9,878
Fiscal 2024 Activity:
Measurement period adjustments
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
(13)
$
—
$
(13)
Sale of business
—
—
(63)
—
—
(63)
Currency translation
—
—
—
—
17
17
Balance at September 28, 2024
$
343
$
423
$
3,001
$
5,891
$
161
$
9,819
(a) Included in goodwill for fiscal 2024 and 2023 are accumulated impairment losses of $893 million in Beef, $210 million in Chicken and $295 million in International/Other.
Included in goodwill as of October 1, 2022 are accumulated impairment losses of $560 million in Beef and $57 million in International/Other.
(a)
(a)
(a)
56
The following table reflects intangible assets by type as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
2024
2023
Amortizable intangible assets:
Brands and trademarks
$
995
$
1,007
Customer relationships
2,399
2,389
Supply arrangements
310
310
Patents, intellectual property and other
45
46
Land use rights
9
9
Total gross amortizable intangible assets
$
3,758
$
3,761
Less accumulated amortization
1,961
1,741
Total net amortizable intangible assets
$
1,797
$
2,020
Brands and trademarks not subject to amortization
4,078
4,078
Total intangible assets
$
5,875
$
6,098
Amortization expense of $229 million, $229 million and $246 million was recognized during fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We estimate amortization
expense on intangible assets for the next five fiscal years subsequent to September 28, 2024, will be: 2025 - $240 million; 2026 - $207 million; 2027 - $196
million; 2028 - $188 million; 2029 - $175 million.
NOTE 6: LEASES
We lease certain equipment, buildings and land related to transportation, distribution, storage, production, livestock grower assets and office activities. These
lease arrangements can be structured as a standard lease agreement or embedded in a service or supply agreement. For further description of our lease
accounting policy, refer to Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities presented in our
Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
2024
2023
Other Assets
$
710
$
544
Other current liabilities
173
153
Other Liabilities
521
376
Finance lease ROU assets and liabilities presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in
millions):
2024
2023
Net Property, Plant and Equipment
$
122
$
72
Current Debt
36
21
Long-term debt
90
53
The components of lease costs for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (in millions):
2024
2023
2022
Operating lease cost
$
178
$
181
$
175
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
36
28
27
Interest on lease liabilities
4
2
2
Variable lease cost
527
531
508
Short-term lease cost
40
39
30
Total
$
785
$
781
$
742
(a) Sublease income is immaterial and not deducted from operating lease cost.
(b) Variable lease costs are determined based on volume of output received, flocks placed or other performance metrics.
(a)
(b)
57
Supplemental balance sheet information related to lease liabilities is as follows:
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
2024
2023
2024
2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
6 years
5 years
5 years
6 years
Weighted-average discount rate
4 %
4 %
5 %
4 %
Supplemental cash flow information related to lease liabilities is as follows (in millions):
2024
2023
2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash outflows from operating leases
$
200
$
191 $
194
Operating cash outflows from finance leases
$
4
$
2 $
2
Financing cash outflows from finance leases
$
51
$
38 $
74
ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities
Operating leases
$
360
$
288 $
159
Finance leases
$
82
$
43 $
50
At September 28, 2024, future maturities of operating and finance leases were as follows (in millions):
Operating Lease Commitments
Finance Lease Commitments
2025
$
197
$
40
2026
156
33
2027
110
26
2028
86
16
2029
71
6
2030 and beyond
187
20
Total undiscounted lease payments
$
807
$
141
Less: Imputed interest
113
15
Present value of total lease liabilities
$
694
$
126
At September 28, 2024, our leases that had not yet commenced were not significant.
NOTE 7: RESTRUCTURING AND RELATED CHARGES
2022 Program
The Company approved a restructuring program in fiscal 2022 (the “2022 Program”), to improve business performance, increase collaboration, enhance team
member agility, enable faster decision-making and reduce redundancies. In conjunction with the 2022 Program, the Company relocated all its corporate team
members from its former Chicago, Downers Grove and Dakota Dunes area corporate locations to its world headquarters in Springdale, Arkansas. The 2022
Program and associated expenses were substantially completed in our fiscal 2024. The following table reflects the total pretax expenses associated with the 2022
Program (in millions):
Beef
Pork
Chicken Prepared Foods International/Other
Total
Severance costs
$
25 $
7 $
22 $
53 $
18 $
125
Relocation and related costs
21
7
2
20
—
50
Accelerated depreciation
5
2
—
12
—
19
Contract and lease terminations
—
—
—
21
—
21
Professional and other fees
2
1
—
3
—
6
Total 2022 Program
$
53 $
17 $
24 $
109 $
18 $
221
58
The following table reflects the pretax impact of the 2022 Program’s restructuring and related charges during fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, by
reportable segment (in millions):
Beef
Pork
Chicken Prepared Foods International/Other
Total
Severance costs
$
1 $
— $
2 $
1 $
— $
4
Relocation and related costs
3
1
—
4
—
8
Accelerated depreciation
—
—
—
—
—
—
Contract and lease terminations
—
—
—
19
—
19
Professional and other fees
—
—
—
—
—
—
2024 Total
$
4 $
1 $
2 $
24 $
— $
31
Beef
Pork
Chicken Prepared Foods International/Other
Total
Severance costs
$
8 $
2 $
14 $
16 $
15 $
55
Relocation and related costs
18
6
2
16
—
42
Accelerated depreciation
5
2
—
12
—
19
Contract and lease terminations
—
—
—
2
—
2
Professional and other fees
2
1
—
3
—
6
2023 Total
$
33 $
11 $
16 $
49 $
15 $
124
Beef
Pork
Chicken Prepared Foods International/Other
Total
Severance costs
$
16 $
5 $
6 $
36 $
3 $
66
Relocation and related costs
—
—
—
—
—
—
Accelerated depreciation
—
—
—
—
—
—
Contract and lease terminations
—
—
—
—
—
—
Professional and other fees
—
—
—
—
—
—
2022 Total
$
16 $
5 $
6 $
36 $
3 $
66
Included in the above results are cash charges of $21 million, $108 million and $66 million in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Included in the above
results are non-cash charges of $10 million and $16 million in fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively, with no non-cash charges in fiscal 2022.
The following table reflects the pretax impact of the 2022 Program's restructuring and related charges as reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Income (in
millions):
2024
2023
2022
Total
Cost of Sales
$
— $
29 $
18 $
47
Selling, General and Administrative
31
95
48
174
Total
$
31 $
124 $
66 $
221
The following table reflects our liability related to the 2022 Program, which was recognized in other current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance sheet as of
September 28, 2024 (in millions):
Balance at September
30, 2023
Restructuring
Expense
Payments Changes in Estimates
Balance at September
28, 2024
Severance costs
$
58 $
6 $
(56) $
(2) $
6
Relocation and related costs
5
8
(12)
—
1
Contract and lease termination
—
9
(9)
—
—
Professional and other fees
2
—
(2)
—
—
Total
$
65 $
23 $
(79) $
(2) $
7
59
Plant Closures and Disposals
During fiscal 2023, as part of a strategic review of assets, the Company approved the closure of six Chicken segment processing facilities located in Glen Allen,
Virginia; Van Buren, Arkansas; Corydon, Indiana; Dexter, Missouri; Noel, Missouri; and North Little Rock, Arkansas, to optimize asset utilization. During fiscal
2024, to optimize asset utilization, the Company approved the closure of two case ready value-added plants in our Beef segment located in Columbia, South
Carolina and Jacksonville, Florida, and a Pork segment processing facility in Perry, Iowa. We have ceased operations and shifted production to other facilities at
all closed facilities. Additionally, during fiscal 2024, the Company sold a Chicken segment processing facility located in Vienna, Georgia.
During fiscal 2024, as a result of the plant closures and disposals, we recorded $198 million of charges in fiscal 2024 and $322 million of charges in fiscal 2023,
primarily related to grower contract terminations, accelerated depreciation, severance, retention and related costs, and recorded a gain of $16 million related to
the sale of the Vienna, Georgia facility. Additionally, during fiscal 2023, we recorded an impairment charge of $17 million related to the discontinuation of a
product line in the Prepared Foods segment. The charges are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Cost of Sales. Included in the results for
fiscal 2024 are $24 million of charges that have resulted or will result in cash outflows and $174 million in non-cash charges. Included in the results for fiscal
2023 are $201 million of charges that have resulted or will result in cash outflows and $138 million of non-cash charges.
The following table reflects our liability related to plant closures as of September 28, 2024 (in millions):
Balance at September
30, 2023
Plant Closure
Charges
Payments
Balance at September
28, 2024
Contract termination
$
151 $
23 $
(76) $
98
Severance and retention
14
11
(20)
5
Total
$
165 $
34 $
(96) $
103
During fiscal 2024, we experienced a fire at a production facility in the Netherlands which is included in International/Other for segment presentation, and
subsequently approved the sale of the facility. For fiscal 2024, charges related to the fire and decision to sell the facility, totaled $86 million, primarily related to
property, plant and equipment impairments, severance costs, inventory write-offs and clean-up costs, partially offset by insurance proceeds. The net charges are
reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Cost of Sales and, for fiscal 2024, included $31 million of charges that have resulted or will result in cash
outflows and $64 million of non-cash charges, offset by $9 million of insurance proceeds.
We continue to strategically evaluate optimization of such items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a
significant change in strategies, outlook, or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may experience future charges.
60
NOTE 8: DEBT
The following table reflects major components of debt as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
2024
2023
Revolving credit facility
$
—
$
—
Commercial Paper
—
592
Senior notes:
3.95% Notes due August 2024
—
1,250
4.00% Notes due March 2026 (“2026 Notes”)
800
800
3.55% Notes due June 2027
1,350
1,350
7.00% Notes due January 2028
18
18
4.35% Notes due March 2029 (“2029 Notes”)
1,000
1,000
5.40% Notes due March 2029 ("5.40% 2029 Notes")
600
—
6.13% Notes due November 2032
157
158
5.70% Notes due March 2034 ("5.70% 2034 Notes")
900
—
4.88% Notes due August 2034
500
500
5.15% Notes due August 2044
500
500
4.55% Notes due June 2047
750
750
5.10% Notes due September 2048 (“2048 Notes”)
1,500
1,500
Discount on senior notes
(36)
(36)
Term loans:
Term loan facility due May 2026 (6.40% at September 28, 2024)
750
1,000
Term loan facility due May 2028 (6.97% at September 28, 2024)
750
—
Finance Leases
126
74
Other
168
90
Unamortized debt issuance costs
(46)
(40)
Total debt
9,787
9,506
Less current debt
74
1,895
Total long-term debt
$
9,713
$
7,611
Annual maturities of debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to September 28, 2024 are: 2025 - $75 million; 2026 - $1,594 million; 2027 - $1,381 million; 2028
- $791 million; 2029 - $1,613 million.
Revolving Credit Facility and Letters of Credit
We have a $2.25 billion revolving credit facility that supports short-term funding needs and serves as a backstop to our commercial paper program. The facility
will mature and the commitments thereunder will terminate in September 2026 with options for two one-year extensions. At September 28, 2024, amounts
available for borrowing under this facility totaled $2.25 billion and we had no outstanding borrowings and no outstanding letters of credit issued under this
facility. At September 28, 2024, we had $86 million of bilateral letters of credit issued separately from the revolving credit facility, none of which were drawn
upon. Our letters of credit are issued primarily in support of workers’ compensation insurance programs and other legal obligations. In the future, if any of our
subsidiaries shall guarantee any of our material indebtedness, such subsidiary shall be required to guarantee the indebtedness, obligations and liabilities under
this facility.
Commercial Paper Program
We have a commercial paper program under which we may issue unsecured short-term promissory notes up to an aggregate maximum principal amount of
$1.5 billion. As of September 28, 2024, we had no commercial paper outstanding. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its
costs increased.
5.40% 2029 Notes/5.70% 2034 Notes
In March 2024, we issued senior unsecured notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion, consisting of $600 million due March 2029 ("5.40% 2029
Notes") and $900 million due March 2034 ("5.70% 2034 Notes"). A portion of the net proceeds from the issuances were used to repay $250 million of the
amount outstanding under our term loan facility due May 2026, and we used the remainder of the proceeds to retire the August 2024 notes. Interest payments on
the 5.40% 2029 Notes and 5.70% 2034 Notes are due semi-annually on March 15 and September 15, beginning September 15, 2024. After the original issue
discounts of $3 million, we received net proceeds of $1,497 million and incurred debt issuance costs of $14 million related to the issuances.
61
Term Loan Facilities
We have a $750 million term loan facility that matures in May 2026 and a $750 million term loan facility that matures in May 2028. In the first quarter of fiscal
2024, we borrowed the full $750 million available under the loan facility that matures in May 2028 and used it to repay $592 million of outstanding commercial
paper obligations. Both term loans may be prepaid under certain conditions and contain covenants that are similar to those contained in the revolving credit
facility.
Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit and term loan facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens
and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or transfer assets; change the nature of
our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In
addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense coverage ratio.
Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create liens; engage in certain
sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at September 28, 2024.
NOTE 9: EQUITY
Capital Stock
We have two classes of capital stock, Class A Common stock, $0.10 par value (“Class A stock”) and Class B Common Stock, $0.10 par value (“Class B stock”).
Holders of Class B stock may convert such stock into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis. Holders of Class B stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, while
holders of Class A stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters submitted to shareholders for approval. As of September 28, 2024, TLP owned 99.987% of
the outstanding shares of Class B stock and the TLP and members of the Tyson family owned, in the aggregate, 2.43% of the outstanding shares of Class A
stock, giving them, collectively, control of approximately 71.70% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting stock.
The Class B stock is considered a participating security requiring the use of the two-class method for the computation of basic earnings per share. The two-class
computation method for each period reflects the cash dividends paid for each class of stock, plus the amount of allocated undistributed earnings (losses)
computed using the participation percentage, which reflects the dividend rights of each class of stock. Basic earnings per share were computed using the two-
class method for all periods presented. The shares of Class B stock are considered to be participating convertible securities since the shares of Class B stock are
convertible on a share-for-share basis into shares of Class A stock. Diluted earnings per share, if dilutive, were computed assuming the conversion of the Class B
shares into Class A shares as of the beginning of each period.
Dividends
Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per share amount of the cash
dividend paid to holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. We pay quarterly cash
dividends to Class A and Class B shareholders. We paid Class A dividends per share of $1.96, $1.92, and $1.84 in fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. We
paid Class B dividends per share of $1.76, $1.73, and $1.66 in fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Effective November 8, 2024, the Board of Directors
increased the quarterly dividend previously declared on August 8, 2024, to $0.50 per share on our Class A stock and $0.45 per share on our Class B stock. The
increased quarterly dividend is payable on December 13, 2024, to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 29, 2024. We had dividends
payable of $171 million and $167 million at September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
Share Repurchases
As of September 28, 2024, 7.3 million shares remained available for repurchase under the Company’s share repurchase program. The program has no fixed or
scheduled termination date, and the timing and extent to which we repurchase shares will depend upon, among other things, our working capital needs, markets,
industry conditions, liquidity targets, limitations under our debt obligations and regulatory requirements. In addition to the share repurchase program, we
purchase shares on the open market to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans.
A summary of cumulative share repurchases of our Class A stock for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022 is as follows (in millions):
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
October 1, 2022
Shares
Dollars
Shares
Dollars
Shares
Dollars
Shares repurchased:
Under share repurchase program
—
$
—
4.7
$
300
6.9
$
587
To fund certain obligations under equity compensation plans
0.9
49
0.9
54
1.3
115
Total share repurchases
0.9
$
49
5.6
$
354
8.2
$
702
62
NOTE 10: INCOME TAXES
Detail of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
2024
2023
2022
Federal
$
188
$
(39)
$
764
State
34
(38)
94
Foreign
48
48
42
$
270
$
(29)
$
900
Current
$
315
$
154
$
636
Deferred
(45)
(183)
264
$
270
$
(29)
$
900
The reasons for the difference between the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax rate from continuing operations are as follows for fiscal
years 2024, 2023 and 2022:
2024
2023
2022
Federal income tax rate
21.0 %
21.0 %
21.0 %
State income taxes
3.4
(0.7)
2.9
Foreign-derived intangible income deduction
—
—
(1.0)
Deferred income tax remeasurement
(0.9)
3.8
(0.9)
General business credits
(1.9)
3.4
(0.5)
Company-owned life insurance
(1.7)
1.3
0.3
Officer compensation expense
1.1
(0.6)
0.2
Goodwill
1.2
(24.2)
—
Other
2.6
0.3
(0.3)
24.8 %
4.3 %
21.7 %
During fiscal 2024, state tax expense, net of federal impact, was $28 million, which included $14 million benefit from operating loss carryforwards and
$9 million benefit related to the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2024.
Additionally, the effective tax rate is higher than the statutory rate due to the impact of $63 million of non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of our
Vienna, Georgia facility.
During fiscal 2023, state tax benefit, net of federal impact, was $21 million, which included $26 million benefit related to the remeasurement of deferred income
taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2023. Non-deductible goodwill impairments unfavorably impacted the effective tax
rate by 24.2%. The tax benefit from income tax credits was $23 million.
During fiscal 2022, state tax expense, net of federal benefit, was $83 million, which included $36 million benefit related to the remeasurement of deferred
income taxes, primarily due to legislation decreasing state tax rates enacted in fiscal 2022. The tax benefit from foreign-derived intangible income deduction
was $42 million.
Approximately $864 million, ($643) million and $4,025 million of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes for fiscal 2024, 2023 and
2022, respectively, were from our operations based in the United States.
We recognize deferred income taxes for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
63
The tax effects of major items recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, are as follows (in millions):
2024
2023
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
$
—
$
1,128
$
—
$
1,030
Intangible assets
—
1,460
—
1,495
ROU assets
—
206
—
150
Accrued expenses
412
—
400
—
Lease liabilities
191
—
135
—
Net operating loss and credit carryforwards
198
—
192
—
Other
260
332
193
346
$
1,061
$
3,126
$
920
$
3,021
Valuation allowance
$
(193)
$
(199)
Net deferred tax liability
$
2,258
$
2,300
At September 28, 2024, our gross state net operating loss carryforwards approximated $1,534 million, of which $1,325 million expire in fiscal years 2025
through 2044, and the remainder has no expiration. Gross foreign net operating loss carryforwards approximated $396 million, of which $95 million expire in
fiscal years 2025 through 2041, and the remainder has no expiration. We also have tax credit carryforwards of approximately $40 million which expire in fiscal
years 2025 through 2039. We maintain a valuation allowance against the majority of our net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.
We have accumulated undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $872 million at September 28, 2024. Our undistributed earnings
are generally expected to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States, except for excess cash (net of an insignificant amount of applicable withholding
taxes) not subject to regulatory requirements. Dividends after December 31, 2017 from foreign subsidiaries are generally not subject to U.S. federal income
taxes. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided on our indefinitely reinvested earnings. Due to the uncertainty of the manner in which the
outside basis difference associated with these earnings would reverse, it is not currently practicable to estimate the tax liability that might be payable on the
repatriation of these foreign earnings; however, we do not expect any tax due to be material.
The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits as of September 28, 2024, September 30, 2023 and October 1, 2022
(in millions):
2024
2023
2022
Balance as of the beginning of the year
$
131
$
152
$
152
Increases related to current year tax positions
22
7
16
Increases related to prior year tax positions
12
1
20
Reductions related to prior year tax positions
(2)
(12)
(13)
Reductions related to settlements
—
—
(3)
Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitations
(12)
(17)
(20)
Balance as of the end of the year
$
151
$
131
$
152
The amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, that would impact our effective tax rate was $104 million at September 28, 2024 and $98 million at
September 30, 2023. We classify interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. At September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023,
before tax benefits, we had $59 million and $50 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits.
In December 2021, we received an assessment from the Mexican tax authorities related to the 2015 sale of our direct and indirect equity interests in subsidiaries
which held our Mexico operations. At September 28, 2024, the assessment totaled approximately $455 million (8.9 billion Mexican pesos), which included tax,
inflation adjustment, interest and penalties. We believe the assertions made in the assessment letter have no merit and will defend our positions through the
Mexican administrative appeal process and litigation, if necessary. Based on our analysis of this assessment in accordance with FASB guidance related to
unrecognized tax benefits, we have not recorded a liability related to the issue.
As of September 28, 2024, certain United States federal income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2021 through 2023. We are also subject to
income tax examinations by major state and foreign jurisdictions for fiscal years 2014 through 2023 and 2019 through 2023, respectively. We do not expect
material changes to our unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months.
64
On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into law. The IRA made several changes to the U.S. tax code effective after
December 31, 2022, including, but not limited to, a 15% minimum tax on large corporations with average annual financial statement income of more than $1
billion for a three tax-year period and a 1% excise tax on public company stock buybacks, which will be accounted for in treasury stock. These changes did not
have any impact on our provision for income taxes or financial statements in fiscal 2024 or fiscal 2023.
NOTE 11: EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
The earnings and weighted average common shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows for fiscal years ended 2024,
2023 and 2022 (in millions, except per share data):
2024
2023
2022
Numerator:
Net income (loss)
$
822
$
(649)
$
3,249
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
22
(1)
11
Net income (loss) attributable to Tyson
800
(648)
3,238
Less dividends declared:
Class A
563
554
539
Class B
124
122
117
Undistributed earnings (losses)
$
113
$
(1,324)
$
2,582
Class A undistributed earnings (losses)
$
92
$
(1,084)
$
2,122
Class B undistributed earnings (losses)
21
(240)
460
Total undistributed earnings (losses)
$
113
$
(1,324)
$
2,582
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share:
Class A weighted average shares
284
284
290
Class B weighted average shares
70
70
70
Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Class A weighted average shares
284
284
290
Class B weighted average shares under if-converted method for diluted earnings (loss) per
share
70
—
70
Effect of dilutive securities: Stock options, restricted stock and performance units
2
—
3
Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share – weighted average shares and assumed
conversions
356
284
363
Net income (loss) per share attributable to Tyson:
Class A Basic
$
2.31
$
(1.87)
$
9.18
Class B Basic
$
2.06
$
(1.68)
$
8.25
Diluted
$
2.25
$
(1.87)
$
8.92
Dividends Declared Per Share:
Class A
$
1.970
$
1.940
$
1.855
Class B
$
1.773
$
1.746
$
1.670
(a) For fiscal 2023, as the Company was in a net loss position, the impact of the Class B shares under the if-converted method was antidilutive and therefore we
have not assumed conversion. As a result, the Class B weighted average shares, dividends declared and undistributed losses were excluded for the purposes of
calculating Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Tyson on a diluted basis.
Approximately 7 million, 9 million, and 2 million of our stock-based compensation shares were antidilutive for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022. These shares were
not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation.
We have two classes of capital stock, Class A stock and Class B stock. Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock unless they are simultaneously
paid to holders of Class A stock. The per share amount of cash dividends paid to holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividends paid to
holders of Class A stock.
(a)
(a)
(a)
65
We allocate undistributed earnings (losses) based upon a 1 to 0.9 ratio per share to Class A stock and Class B stock, respectively. We allocate undistributed
earnings (losses) based on this ratio due to historical dividend patterns, voting control of Class B shareholders and contractual limitations of dividends to Class
B stock.
NOTE 12: DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Our business operations give rise to certain market risk exposures mostly due to changes in commodity prices, foreign currency exchange rates and interest
rates. We manage a portion of these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to commodity price risk, foreign currency
risk and interest rate risk. Our risk management programs are periodically reviewed by our Board of Directors’ Audit Committee. These programs and risks are
monitored by senior management and may be revised as market conditions dictate. Our current risk management programs utilize various industry-standard
models that take into account the implicit cost of hedging. Credit risks associated with our derivative contracts are not significant as we minimize counterparty
exposure by dealing with credit-worthy counterparties and utilizing exchange traded instruments, margin accounts or letters of credit. Additionally, our
derivative contracts are mostly short-term in duration and we generally do not make use of credit-risk-related contingent features. No significant concentrations
of credit risk existed at September 28, 2024.
We had the following aggregated outstanding notional amounts related to our derivative financial instruments (in millions, except soybean meal tons):
Metric
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
Commodity:
Corn
Bushels
29
65
Soybean Meal
Tons
623,400
956,630
Live Cattle
Pounds
136
319
Lean Hogs
Pounds
351
454
Foreign Currency
United States dollar
$
245
$
171
We recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the exception of normal purchases and
normal sales expected to result in physical delivery. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, we designate the
hedging instrument based upon the exposure being hedged (i.e., cash flow hedge or fair value hedge). We designate certain forward contracts as follows:
•
Cash Flow Hedges – include certain commodity forward and option contracts of forecasted purchases (i.e., grains), interest rate swaps and locks, and
certain foreign exchange forward contracts.
•
Fair Value Hedges – include certain commodity forward contracts of firm commitments (i.e., livestock).
Cash Flow Hedges
Derivative instruments are designated as hedges against changes in the amount of future cash flows related to procurement of certain commodities utilized in our
production processes as well as interest rates to our variable rate debt. For the derivative instruments we designate and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the gain or
loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during
which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Based on market prices as of September 28, 2024, we have net pretax losses of $8 million for our commodity
contracts, which are expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months. Additionally, we have $11 million of realized losses related to
treasury rate locks in connection with the issuance of the 2026, 2029 and 2048 Notes, which will be reclassified to earnings over the lives of these notes. During
fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, we did not reclassify significant pretax gains or losses into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges. The
following table sets forth the pretax impact of cash flow hedge derivative instruments recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (in millions):
Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives
2024
2023
2022
Cash flow hedge - derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Commodity contracts
$
(8)
$
—
$
—
66
Fair Value Hedges
We designate certain derivative contracts as fair value hedges of firm commitments to purchase livestock for harvest. Our objective of these hedges is to
minimize the risk of changes in fair value created by fluctuations in commodity prices associated with fixed price livestock firm commitments. For these
derivative instruments we designate and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in earnings in the same period. We include the gain or loss on the hedged items (i.e., livestock purchase firm
commitments) in the same line item, Cost of Sales, as the offsetting gain or loss on the related livestock forward position. Ineffectiveness related to our fair
value hedges was not significant during fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022. The carrying amount of fair value hedge (assets) liabilities as of fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022
were as follows (in millions):
Consolidated Balance Sheets Classification
2024
2023
2022
Inventory
$
(3)
$
16
$
(12)
Undesignated Positions
In addition to our designated positions, we also hold derivative contracts for which we do not apply hedge accounting. These include certain derivative
instruments related to commodities price risk, including grains, livestock, energy and foreign currency risk. We mark these positions to fair value through
earnings at each reporting date.
Reclassification to Earnings
The following table sets forth the total amounts of each income and expense line item presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income in which the effects
of hedges are recorded for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
Consolidated Statements of Income Classification
2024
2023
2022
Cost of Sales
$
49,682
$
50,250
$
46,614
Interest Expense
481
355
365
Other, net
(75)
(42)
(87)
The following table sets forth the pretax impact of the cash flow, fair value and undesignated derivative instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Income
for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
Consolidated Statements of Income Classification
2024
2023
2022
Cost of Sales
Gain (Loss) on cash flow hedges reclassified from OCI to Earnings:
Commodity contracts
$
(1)
$
—
$
—
Gain (Loss) on fair value hedges:
Commodity contracts (a)
12
(19)
(29)
Gain (Loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Commodity contracts
(66)
(98)
254
Total
$
(55)
$
(117)
$
225
Interest Expense
Gain (Loss) on cash flow hedges reclassified from OCI to Earnings:
Interest rate contracts
$
(1)
$
(2)
$
(1)
Other, net
Gain (Loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
$
2
$
3
$
(9)
(a) Amounts represent gains/(losses) on commodity contracts designated as fair value hedges of firm commitments that were realized during the period presented, which were
offset by a corresponding gain/(loss) on the underlying hedged inventory. Gains or losses related to changes in the fair value of unrealized commodity contracts, along with the
offsetting gain or loss on the hedged inventory, are also marked-to-market through earnings with no impact on a net basis.
The fair value of all outstanding derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are included in Note 13: Fair Value Measurements.
67
NOTE 13: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market
for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy contains three levels as follows:
Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices available in active markets for the identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 — Other observable inputs available at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly, including:
•
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
•
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets;
•
Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and
•
Inputs derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are
generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances where the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different
levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input significant to the fair value measurement in its
entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of
inputs specific to the asset or liability.
The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis according
to the valuation techniques we used to determine their fair values as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
September 28, 2024
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Netting (a)
Total
Other Current Assets:
Derivative financial instruments:
Designated as hedges
$
—
$
15
$
—
$
(2)
$
13
Undesignated
—
79
—
2
81
Available for sale securities (current)
—
10
—
—
10
Other Assets:
Available for sale securities (non-current)
—
75
28
—
103
Deferred compensation assets
22
461
—
—
483
Total Assets
$
22
$
640
$
28
$
—
$
690
Other Current Liabilities:
Derivative financial instruments:
Designated as hedges
$
—
$
19
$
—
$
(19)
$
—
Undesignated
—
71
—
(35)
36
Total Liabilities
$
—
$
90
$
—
$
(54)
$
36
68
September 30, 2023
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Netting (a)
Total
Other Current Assets:
Derivative financial instruments:
Designated as hedges
$
—
$
7
$
—
$
(2)
$
5
Undesignated
—
95
—
(19)
76
Available for sale securities (current)
—
15
—
—
15
Other Assets:
Available for sale securities (non-current)
—
59
30
—
89
Deferred Compensation assets
27
375
—
—
402
Total Assets
$
27
$
551
$
30
$
(21)
$
587
Other Current Liabilities:
Derivative financial instruments:
Designated as hedges
$
—
$
27
$
—
$
(27)
$
—
Undesignated
—
126
—
(107)
19
Total liabilities
$
—
$
153
$
—
$
(134)
$
19
(a) Our derivative assets and liabilities are presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a net basis when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the
counterparty to a derivative contract and us. Additionally, at September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, we had $54 million and $113 million, respectively, of net cash
collateral posted with various counterparties where master netting arrangements exist and held no cash collateral.
The following table provides a reconciliation between the beginning and ending balance of marketable debt securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
in the table above that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
Balance at beginning of year
$
30
$
35
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):
Included in other comprehensive income (loss)
1
1
Purchases
5
10
Settlements
(8)
(16)
Balance at end of year
$
28
$
30
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:
Derivative Assets and Liabilities
Our derivative financial instruments primarily include exchange-traded and over-the-counter contracts which are further described in Note 12: Derivative
Financial Instruments. We record our derivative financial instruments at fair value using quoted market prices, adjusted where necessary for credit and non-
performance risk and internal models that use readily observable market inputs as their basis, including current and forward market prices and rates. We classify
these instruments in Level 2 when quoted market prices can be corroborated utilizing observable current and forward commodity market prices on active
exchanges or observable market transactions.
Available for Sale Securities
Our investments in marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value based on pricing models and quoted market prices
adjusted for credit and non-performance risk. Short-term investments with maturities of less than 12 months are included in Other current assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and primarily include certificates of deposit and commercial paper. All other marketable debt securities are included in Other
Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and have maturities ranging up to 45 years.
69
We classify our investments in U.S. government, U.S. agency, certificates of deposit and commercial paper debt securities as Level 2 as fair value is generally
estimated using discounted cash flow models that are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value and yield
curve as well as other readily available relevant economic measures. We classify certain corporate, asset-backed and other debt securities as Level 3 as there is
limited activity or less observable inputs into valuation models, including current interest rates and estimated prepayment, default and recovery rates on the
underlying portfolio or structured investment vehicle. Significant changes to assumptions or unobservable inputs in the valuation of our Level 3 instruments
would not have a significant impact to our consolidated financial statements.
The following table sets forth our available-for-sale securities’ amortized cost basis, fair value and unrealized gain (loss) by significant investment category as of
September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
Amortized
Cost Basis
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
Amortized
Cost Basis
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
Available for Sale Securities:
Debt Securities:
United States Treasury and Agency
$
86
$
85
$
(1)
$
79
$
74
$
(5)
Corporate and Asset-Backed
28
28
—
31
30
(1)
Unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, are excluded from earnings and reported in OCI until the security is settled or sold. On a quarterly basis, we
evaluate whether losses related to our available-for-sale securities are due to credit or noncredit factors. Losses on debt securities where we have the intent, or
will more than likely be required, to sell the security prior to recovery, would be recorded as a direct write-off of amortized cost basis through earnings. Losses
on debt securities where we do not have the intent, or would not more than likely be required to sell the security prior to recovery, would be further evaluated to
determine whether the loss is credit or non-credit related. Credit-related losses would be recorded through an allowance for credit losses through earnings and
non-credit related losses through OCI.
We consider many factors in determining whether a loss is credit-related, including the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, borrower
repayment characteristics for asset-backed securities, and our ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated
recovery. We recognized no direct write-offs or allowances for credit losses in earnings in fiscal 2024, 2023 or 2022.
Deferred Compensation Assets
We maintain non-qualified deferred compensation plans for certain executives and other highly compensated team members. Investments are generally
maintained within a trust and include money market funds, mutual funds and life insurance policies. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies is
invested primarily in mutual funds. The investments are recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices and are included in Other Assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. We classify the investments which have observable market prices in active markets in Level 1 as these are generally publicly-
traded mutual funds. The remaining deferred compensation assets are classified in Level 2 as fair value can be corroborated based on observable market data.
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on deferred compensation are included in earnings.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, we record assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges and, with respect to our equity investments without readily
determinable fair values, recorded by applying the measurement alternative for which such investments are recorded at cost and adjusted for an observable price
change in an orderly transaction for an identical or similar investment of the same issuer.
During fiscal 2024, we recorded a fixed asset impairment charge of $33 million in Cost of Sales in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a result of our
decision to sell our Netherlands facility. The charge was derived using Level 3 inputs and was driven by management's estimate of the potential proceeds from
the disposal of the assets. We did not have any other significant measurements of assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their
initial recognition during fiscal 2024. In fiscal 2023, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $333 million, $210 million and $238 million in our Beef and
Chicken segments and International/Other, respectively. We estimated the fair value of our reporting units utilizing various valuation techniques, with the
primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company
method), which incorporated significant unobservable Level 3 inputs. During fiscal 2022, we recognized gains of $37 million in Other, net in the Consolidated
Statements of Income, based upon observable price changes. Equity investments without readily determinable fair values are measured using Level 3 inputs and
are included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We did not have any other significant measurements of assets or liabilities at fair value on a
nonrecurring basis subsequent to their initial recognition during the twelve months ended September 28, 2024, September 30, 2023, or October 1, 2022.
70
Other Financial Instruments
Fair value of our debt is principally estimated using Level 2 inputs based on quoted prices for those or similar instruments. Fair value and carrying value for our
debt are as follows as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 (in millions):
September 28, 2024
September 30, 2023
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Total Debt
$
9,638
$
9,787
$
8,693
$
9,506
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Our financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Our cash equivalents
are in high quality securities placed with major banks and financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the
large number of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and
generally do not require collateral. At September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, 15.5% and 15.9%, respectively, of our net accounts receivable balance was
due from Walmart Inc. No other single customer or customer group represented greater than 10% of net accounts receivable.
NOTE 14: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
We issue shares under our stock-based compensation plans by issuing Class A stock from treasury. The total number of shares available for future grant under
the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (“Incentive Plan”) was 3,885,823 at September 28, 2024.
Stock Options
Shareholders approved the Incentive Plan in January 2001. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee of
the Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”). The Incentive Plan includes provisions for granting incentive stock options for shares of Class A stock at a
price not less than the fair value at the date of grant. Nonqualified stock options may be granted at a price equal to or more than the fair value of Class A stock
on the date the option is granted. Stock options under the Incentive Plan generally become exercisable ratably over three years from the date of grant and must
be exercised within 10 years from the date of grant. Our policy is to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for
the entire award. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.
Shares Under
Option
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price Per Share
Weighted Average Remaining
Contractual Life (in Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
Outstanding, September 30, 2023
6,380,008
$
67.65
Exercised
(364,720)
39.85
Forfeited or expired
(973,021)
64.28
Granted
2,072,396
48.74
Outstanding, September 28, 2024
7,114,663
$
64.02
6.4
$
26
Exercisable, September 28, 2024
4,685,557
$
68.62
5.2
$
8
The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $12.70, $15.82 and $16.53, respectively. The fair value of each
option grant is established on the date of grant using a binomial lattice method. We use historical volatility for a period of time comparable to the expected life
of the option to determine volatility assumptions. Expected life is calculated based on the contractual term of each grant and takes into account the historical
exercise and termination behavior of participants. Risk-free interest rates are based on the five-year Treasury bond rate. Assumptions used in the fair value
calculation are as of the grant dates and are outlined in the following table.
2024
2023
2022
Expected life (in years)
4.5
4.5
4.4
Risk-free interest rate
4.5 %
3.9 %
1.1 %
Expected volatility
31.9 %
31.2 %
30.0 %
Expected dividend yield
2.7 %
2.9 %
2.4 %
We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, net of income taxes, of $19 million, $13 million and $13 million for fiscal 2024,
2023 and 2022, respectively. The related tax benefit was $3 million for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022. We had 1.1 million, 1.2 million and 1.5 million options vest
in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, with a grant date fair value of $15 million, $18 million and $19 million, respectively.
71
In fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, we received cash of $14 million, $11 million and $126 million, respectively, for the exercise of stock options. Shares are issued
from treasury for stock option exercises. The related tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, was $1 million, $1
million and $12 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, was $2 million, $1 million and $22 million,
respectively.
As of September 28, 2024, we had $15 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option plans that will be recognized over a weighted
average period of 1.8 years.
Restricted Stock
We issue restricted stock at the market value as of the date of grant, with restrictions expiring over periods through fiscal 2027. Unearned compensation is
recognized over the vesting period for the particular grant using a straight-line method.
Number of Shares
Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
Per Share
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
Nonvested, September 30, 2023
1,635,915
$
67.20
Granted
1,072,563
50.51
Dividends
34,667
49.42
Vested
(644,324)
64.40
Forfeited
(232,230)
58.37
Nonvested, September 28, 2024
1,866,591
$
59.35
1.6
$
111
As of September 28, 2024, we had $40 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards that will be recognized over a
weighted average period of 1.8 years.
We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock, net of income taxes, of $39 million, $32 million and $28 million for fiscal 2024,
2023 and 2022, respectively. The related tax benefit for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $9 million, $9 million and $7 million, respectively. We had 0.6 million,
0.7 million and 0.9 million restricted stock awards vest in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, with a grant date fair value of $41 million, $53 million and
$57 million, respectively.
Performance-Based Shares
We award performance-based shares of our Class A stock to certain team members. These awards are typically granted once a year. Performance-based shares
vest based upon the passage of time and the achievement of performance or market performance criteria, ranging from 0% to 200%, as determined by the
Compensation Committee prior to the date of the award. Vesting periods for these awards are typically three years. We review progress toward the attainment of
the performance criteria each quarter during the vesting period. When it is probable the minimum performance criteria for an award will be achieved, we begin
recognizing the expense equal to the proportionate share of the total fair value of the Class A stock price on the grant date. The total expense recognized over the
duration of performance awards will equal the Class A stock price on the date of grant multiplied by the number of shares ultimately awarded based on the level
of attainment of the performance criteria. For grants with market performance criteria, the fair value is determined on the grant date and is calculated using the
same inputs for expected volatility, expected dividend yield, and risk-free rate as stock options, noted above, with a duration of three years. The total expense
recognized over the duration of the award will equal the fair value, regardless if the market performance criteria is met.
The following table summarizes the performance-based shares at the maximum award amounts based upon the respective performance share agreements. Actual
shares that will vest depend on the level of attainment of the performance-based criteria.
Number of Shares
Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
Per Share
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
Nonvested, September 30, 2023
1,646,149
$
51.81
Granted
1,632,796
40.09
Vested
(268,707)
60.99
Forfeited
(634,936)
37.36
Nonvested, September 28, 2024
2,375,302
$
46.57
1.5
$
142
72
We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to performance shares, net of income taxes, of $25 million, $2 million and $37 million for fiscal 2024,
2023 and 2022, respectively. The related tax benefit was $4 million for fiscal 2024, inconsequential for fiscal 2023, and $7 million for fiscal 2022. As of
September 28, 2024, we had $32 million of total unrecognized compensation based upon our progress toward the attainment of criteria related to performance-
based share awards that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.
NOTE 15: PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
We have four defined benefit pension plans consisting of one frozen and noncontributory funded qualified plan and three frozen unfunded non-qualified plans.
The benefits provided under these plans are based on a formula using years of service and either a specified benefit rate or compensation level. The non-
qualified defined benefit plans are for certain officers and use a formula based on years of service and final average salary. We also have other postretirement
benefit plans for which substantially all of our team members may receive benefits if they satisfy applicable eligibility criteria. The postretirement healthcare
plans are contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted when deemed necessary.
Additionally, we have defined contribution retirement programs for various groups of team members and recognized expenses of $111 million, $113 million and
$114 million in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
We use a fiscal year end measurement date for our defined benefit plans and other postretirement plans. We recognize the effect of actuarial gains and losses into
earnings immediately for other postretirement plans rather than amortizing the effect over future periods. Other postretirement benefits include postretirement
medical costs and life insurance.
During fiscal 2024, we amended one of the Company's other postretirement benefit plans to discontinue it as of the end of fiscal 2024, which resulted in the
recognition of a gain of $16 million, recorded in Other, net in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
Benefit Obligations and Funded Status
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, assets and funded status as of September 28, 2024 and
September 30, 2023 (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Qualified
Non-Qualified
Benefits
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
18
$
17
$
158
$
166
$
50
$
55
Service cost
—
—
—
—
2
2
Interest cost
1
1
9
8
1
1
Curtailment gain
—
—
—
—
(16)
—
Actuarial (gain)/loss
3
1
14
(3)
—
(5)
Benefits paid
(1)
(1)
(14)
(13)
(3)
(3)
Benefit obligation at end of year
21
18
167
158
34
50
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
27
24
—
—
—
—
Actual return on plan assets
4
4
—
—
—
—
Employer contributions
—
—
14
13
3
3
Benefits paid
(1)
(1)
(14)
(13)
(3)
(3)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
30
27
—
—
—
—
Funded status
$
9
$
9
$
(167)
$
(158)
$
(34)
$
(50)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 consist of (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Qualified
Non-Qualified
Benefits
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Other assets
$
9
$
9
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
Other current liabilities
—
—
(14)
(13)
(7)
(2)
Other liabilities
—
—
(153)
(145)
(27)
(48)
Total assets (liabilities)
$
9
$
9
$
(167)
$
(158)
$
(34)
$
(50)
73
Pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 consist of (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Qualified
Non-Qualified
Benefits
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Accumulated other comprehensive (income)/loss:
Actuarial (gain) loss
$
2
$
1
$
1
$
(15)
$
4
$
9
Prior service (credit) cost
—
—
—
1
(4)
(5)
Total accumulated other comprehensive (income)/loss:
$
2
$
1
$
1
$
(14)
$
—
$
4
We had three pension plans as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, that had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets. Plans with
accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Qualified
Non-Qualified
2024
2023
2024
2023
Projected benefit obligation
$
—
$
—
$
167
$
158
Accumulated benefit obligation
—
—
167
158
Fair value of plan assets
—
—
—
—
The accumulated benefit obligation for all qualified pension plans was $21 million and $18 million at September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023,
respectively.
Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit)
Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) for pension and postretirement benefit plans recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income are as
follows for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Qualified
Non-Qualified
Benefits
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
Service cost
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
2
$
2
$
1
Interest cost
1
1
1
9
8
6
1
1
1
Expected return on plan assets
(1)
(1)
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Amortization of prior service cost
—
—
—
1
1
1
4
5
4
Recognized actuarial loss (gain), net
—
—
—
(2)
(3)
3
—
(5)
(8)
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
8
$
6
$
10
$
7
$
3
$
(2)
Each of the components other than the service cost component were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other, net. As of September 28, 2024,
we expect no amounts to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months related to net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the qualified pension plans. As of
September 28, 2024, the amounts expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months related to net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the non-
qualified pension plans and the other postretirement benefit plans are not significant.
Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions are as follows for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022:
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Qualified
Non-Qualified
Benefits
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
Discount rate to determine net periodic
benefit cost
5.70 %
5.20 %
2.00 %
5.79 %
5.42 %
2.83 %
4.92 %
4.59 %
2.07 %
Discount rate to determine benefit
obligations
5.00 %
5.70 %
5.20 %
4.85 %
5.79 %
5.42 %
3.44 %
4.92 %
4.59 %
Rate of compensation increase
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Expected return on plan assets
5.70 %
5.20 %
2.00 %
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
74
To determine the expected return on plan assets assumption, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then
determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Our discount rate assumptions used to account for pension and other postretirement
benefit plans reflect the rates at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. The discount rates for our plans were determined using a cash flow
matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the
appropriate discount rate.
We have eight other postretirement benefit plans, of which five are healthcare and life insurance related. Two of these plans, with benefit obligations totaling $8
million at September 28, 2024, were not impacted by healthcare cost trend rates as one consists of fixed annual payments and one is life insurance related. One
of the healthcare plans, with benefit obligations less than $1 million at September 28, 2024, was not impacted by healthcare cost trend rates due to previous plan
amendments. The remaining two plans, with benefit obligations less than $1 million and $3 million, at September 28, 2024, utilized assumed healthcare cost
trend rates of 7.1% and 6.8%, respectively. The healthcare cost trend rates for one of the plans will be grading down to an ultimate rate of 4.5% in 2032.
Contributions
Our policy is to fund at least the minimum contribution required to meet applicable federal employee benefit and local tax laws. In our sole discretion, we may
from time to time fund additional amounts. Expected contributions to pension plans for fiscal 2025 are approximately $14 million. For fiscal 2024, 2023 and
2022, we funded $14 million, $13 million and $13 million, respectively, to pension plans.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Qualified
Non-Qualified
Benefits
2025
$
1
$
13
$
2
2026
1
14
3
2027
1
13
2
2028
1
13
2
2029
1
13
2
2030-2034
4
60
6
The above benefit payments for other postretirement benefit plans are not expected to be offset by Medicare Part D subsidies in fiscal 2025.
Multi-Employer Plan
Additionally, we participate in one multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements.
Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives.
The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may
be used to provide benefits to team members of other participating employers. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligation
of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If we stop participating in a plan, we may be required to pay that plan an amount based on
the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.
The net pension cost of the plan is equal to the annual contributions determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Contributions to
the plan were $2 million in fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our
team members. The future cost of the plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating
companies to meet ongoing funding obligations.
Our participation in the multi-employer plan for fiscal 2024 is outlined below. The EIN/Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer Identification
Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number. The most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available in fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023 is for the
plan’s year beginning January 1, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The zone status is based on information that we have received from the plan and is certified by
the plan’s actuaries. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded. Plans that are critical and declining status are projected
to have an accumulated funding deficiency. The FIP/RP Status column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or rehabilitation plan
(“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration date of the collective-bargaining agreement to which the plan is subject.
75
In addition to regular contributions, we could be obligated to pay additional contributions (known as complete or partial withdrawal liabilities) if it has unfunded
vested benefits.
PPA Zone Status
FIP/RP Status
Contributions
(in millions)
Surcharge
Imposed
Pension Fund Plan Name
EIN/Pension Plan
Number
2024
2023
Implemented
2024
2023
2022
2024
Expiration Date of
Collective
Bargaining
Agreement
Bakery and Confectionery Union
and Industry International Pension
Fund
52-6118572/001
Red
Red
Nov 2012
$2
$2
$2
10%
2027-08-01
NOTE 16: COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023 are as follows (in millions):
2024
2023
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Unrealized net hedging loss
$
(15)
$
(10)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on investments
(1)
(5)
Currency translation adjustment
(152)
(252)
Postretirement benefits reserve adjustments
(2)
7
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(170)
$
(260)
The before and after tax changes in the components of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in
millions):
2024
2023
2022
Before
Tax
Tax
After
Tax
Before
Tax
Tax
After
Tax
Before
Tax
Tax
After
Tax
Derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:
(Gain) loss reclassified to interest expense
$
1 $
— $
1
$
2 $
— $
2
$
1 $
— $
1
(Gain) loss reclassified to cost of sales
1
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
Unrealized gain (loss)
(9)
2
(7)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Investments:
Unrealized gain (loss)
5
(1)
4
1
—
1
(8)
1
(7)
Currency translation:
Translation adjustment
103
(3)
100
29
—
29
(166)
4
(162)
Postretirement benefits:
Unrealized gain (loss)
(12)
3
(9)
6
(1)
5
58
(15)
43
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
$
89 $
1 $
90
$
38 $
(1) $
37
$
(115) $
(10) $
(125)
(a) Before and after tax translation adjustment for the twelve months ended September 28, 2024 included $14 million of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests, fiscal 2023 and 2022 did not include any Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.
(a)
76
NOTE 17: SEGMENT REPORTING
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income (loss). International/Other
primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, South Korea, Thailand and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, third-party merger
and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC.
Beef
Beef includes our operations related to processing live fed cattle and fabricating dressed beef carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts and case-ready
products. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice
establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international export markets. This segment also
includes sales from specialty products such as hides, rendered products and variety meats, as well as logistics operations to move products through the supply
chain.
Pork
Pork includes our operations related to processing live market hogs and fabricating pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal cuts and case-ready products.
Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments
such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to international export markets. This segment also includes our live swine
group, related specialty product processing activities and logistics operations to move products through the supply chain.
Chicken
Chicken includes our domestic operations related to raising and processing live chickens into, and purchasing raw materials for fresh, frozen and value-added
chicken products, as well as sales from specialty products. Our value-added chicken products primarily include breaded chicken strips, nuggets, patties and other
ready-to-fix or fully cooked chicken parts. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, convenience
stores, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to
international export markets. This segment also includes logistics operations to move products through our domestic supply chain and the global operations of
our chicken breeding stock subsidiary.
Prepared Foods
Prepared Foods includes our operations related to manufacturing and marketing frozen and refrigerated food products and logistics operations to move products
through the supply chain. This segment includes brands such as Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, as well as artisanal brands
Aidells® and Gallo Salame®. Products primarily include ready-to-eat sandwiches, sandwich components such as flame-grilled hamburgers and Philly steaks,
pepperoni, bacon, breakfast sausage, turkey, lunchmeat, hot dogs, flour and corn tortilla products, appetizers, snacks, prepared meals, ethnic foods, side dishes,
meat dishes, breadsticks and processed meats. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, convenience
stores, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to
international export markets.
We allocate expenses related to corporate activities to the segments, except for third-party merger and integration costs for which we recorded no expense in
fiscal 2024 and $3 million and $5 million in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively, and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC, which are included
in International/Other. Intersegment sales transactions, which were at market prices, are included in the segment sales in the table below. Assets and additions to
property, plant and equipment relating to corporate activities remain in International/Other.
77
Information on segments and a reconciliation to income from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and
2022 (in millions):
Beef
Pork
Chicken
Prepared
Foods
International/Other
Intersegment
Sales
Consolidated
2024
Sales
$
20,479
$
5,903
$
16,425
$
9,851
$
2,353
$
(1,702)
$
53,309
Operating Income (Loss)
(381)
(40)
988
879
(37)
1,409
Total Other (Income) Expense
317
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
1,092
Depreciation and amortization
164
125
639
389
71
1,388
Total Assets
3,730
1,570
12,121
15,138
4,541
37,100
Additions to property, plant and
equipment
138
41
505
334
114
1,132
2023
Sales
$
19,325
$
5,768
$
17,060
$
9,845
$
2,515
$
(1,632)
$
52,881
Operating Income (Loss)
(91)
(139)
(770)
823
(218)
(395)
Total Other (Income) Expense
283
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
(678)
Depreciation and amortization
128
68
693
373
67
1,329
Total Assets
3,772
1,696
12,143
15,198
3,442
36,251
Additions to property, plant and
equipment
169
62
834
578
296
1,939
2022
Sales
$
19,854
$
6,414
$
16,961
$
9,689
$
2,355
$
(1,991)
$
53,282
Operating Income (Loss)
2,502
193
955
746
14
4,410
Total Other (Income) Expense
261
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
4,149
Depreciation and amortization
128
70
563
372
58
1,191
Total Assets
3,883
1,697
12,386
14,920
3,935
36,821
Additions to property, plant and
equipment
136
82
906
456
307
1,887
Our largest customer, Walmart Inc., accounted for 18.4%, 18.6% and 17.7% of consolidated sales in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Sales to Walmart
Inc. were included in all the segments. Any extended discontinuance of sales to this customer could, if not replaced, have a material impact on our operations.
The majority of our operations are domiciled in the United States. Approximately 95% of sales to external customers for each of fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022
were sourced from the United States. Approximately $25.9 billion and $26.1 billion of long-lived assets were located in the United States at September 28,
2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively. Excluding goodwill and intangible assets, long-lived assets located in the United States totaled approximately $10.6
billion and $10.5 billion at September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively. Approximately $1.4 billion of long-lived assets were located in foreign
locations, primarily Brazil, China, the European Union, Malaysia, the Middle East and Thailand at September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023. Excluding
goodwill and intangible assets, long-lived assets in foreign countries totaled approximately $1,062 million and $1,101 million at September 28, 2024, and
September 30, 2023, respectively.
We sell certain products in foreign markets, primarily Australia, Canada, Central America, Chile, China, the European Union, the United Kingdom, Japan,
Mexico, Malaysia, the Middle East, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. Our export sales from the United States totaled $5.2 billion, $5.1 billion and
$5.8 billion for fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Substantially all of our export sales are facilitated through unaffiliated brokers, marketing associations
and foreign sales offices. Sales of products produced in a country other than the United States were less than 10% of consolidated sales for each of fiscal 2024,
2023 and 2022.
The following tables further disaggregate our sales to customers by major distribution channels (in millions):
78
Twelve months ended September 28, 2024
Retail
Foodservice
International
Industrial and
Other
Total External
Customers
Intersegment
Total
Beef
$
9,915
$
5,215
$
2,659
$
2,245
$
20,034
$
445
$
20,479
Pork
1,804
498
1,364
1,078
4,744
1,159
5,903
Chicken
6,994
6,432
957
1,944
16,327
98
16,425
Prepared Foods
5,794
3,629
225
203
9,851
—
9,851
International/Other
—
—
2,353
—
2,353
—
2,353
Intersegment
—
—
—
—
—
(1,702)
(1,702)
Total
$
24,507
$
15,774
$
7,558
$
5,470
$
53,309
$
—
$
53,309
Twelve months ended September 30, 2023
Retail
Foodservice
International
Industrial and
Other
Total External
Customers
Intersegment
Total
Beef
$
8,947
$
4,839
$
2,633
$
2,395
$
18,814
$
511
$
19,325
Pork
1,677
477
1,235
1,338
4,727
1,041
5,768
Chicken
7,483
6,589
1,007
1,901
16,980
80
17,060
Prepared Foods
5,795
3,690
213
147
9,845
—
9,845
International/Other
—
—
2,515
—
2,515
—
2,515
Intersegment
—
—
—
—
—
(1,632)
(1,632)
Total
$
23,902
$
15,595
$
7,603
$
5,781
$
52,881
$
—
$
52,881
Twelve months ended October 1, 2022
Retail
Foodservice
International
Industrial and
Other
Total External
Customers
Intersegment
Total
Beef
$
8,687
$
4,940
$
3,247
$
2,439
$
19,313
$
541
$
19,854
Pork
1,817
516
1,180
1,616
5,129
1,285
6,414
Chicken
7,194
6,475
1,131
1,996
16,796
165
16,961
Prepared Foods
5,587
3,751
191
160
9,689
—
9,689
International/Other
—
—
2,355
—
2,355
—
2,355
Intersegment
—
—
—
—
—
(1,991)
(1,991)
Total
$
23,285
$
15,682
$
8,104
$
6,211
$
53,282
$
—
$
53,282
(a) Includes external sales to consumer products and food retailers, such as grocery retailers, warehouse club stores, and internet-based retailers.
(b) Includes external sales to foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, convenience stores,
healthcare facilities and the military.
(c) Includes external sales to international markets related to internationally produced products and export sales of domestically produced products.
(d) Includes external sales to industrial food processing companies that further process our product to sell to end consumers and any remaining sales not included in the Retail,
Foodservice or International categories. For fiscal 2024, the Pork segment included a $45 million reduction in Other due to the recognition of a legal contingency accrual. For
fiscal 2023, the Chicken segment included a $156 million reduction in Other due to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
NOTE 18: SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
The following table summarizes cash payments for interest and income taxes for fiscal years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
2024
2023
2022
Interest, net of amounts capitalized
$
460
$
340
$
363
Income taxes, net of refunds
227
46
1,216
NOTE 19: TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
We have related party leases for two wastewater facilities with an entity owned by the Donald J. Tyson Revocable Trust (for which Mr. John H. Tyson,
Chairman of the Company, is a trustee), Berry Street Waste Water Treatment Plant, LP (90% of which is owned by the TLP), and the sisters of Mr. Tyson. As of
September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, one lease was classified as a finance lease with a debt balance of $6 million which is primarily recognized as
Long-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The other lease was classified as an operating lease with a lease liability balance of $1 million and
$2 million as of September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively, which is primarily recognized within Other Liabilities in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet. Total payments of approximately $1 million in each of fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022 were paid to lease the facilities.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
79
As of September 28, 2024, the TLP, of which John H. Tyson and director Barbara Tyson are general partners, owned 70 million shares, or 99.987% of our
outstanding Class B stock and, along with the members of the Tyson family, owned 7.0 million shares of Class A stock, giving it control of approximately
71.70% of the total voting power of our outstanding voting stock.
In fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company provided administrative services to the TLP, the beneficial owner of 70 million shares of Class B stock, and the
TLP, through TLP Investment, L.P., reimbursed the Company $0.2 million in each of fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022.
In fiscal 2024, the Company purchased real estate located in Springdale, Arkansas for $0.8 million from TBB Land Holdings LLC. TBB Land Holdings LLC is
wholly owned by John H. Tyson.
NOTE 20: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
We guarantee obligations of certain outside third parties, consisting primarily of grower loans, which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets.
The remaining terms of the underlying obligations cover periods up to 8 years, and the maximum potential amount of future payments as of September 28, 2024,
was not significant. The likelihood of material payments under these guarantees is not considered probable. At September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, no
significant liabilities for guarantees were recorded.
We have cash flow assistance programs in which certain livestock suppliers participate. Under these programs, we pay an amount for livestock equivalent to a
standard cost to grow such livestock during periods of low market sales prices. The amounts of such payments that are in excess of the market sales price are
recorded as receivables and accrue interest. Participating suppliers are obligated to repay these receivables balances when market sales prices exceed this
standard cost, or upon termination of the agreement. Our maximum commitment associated with these programs is limited to the fair value of each participating
livestock supplier’s net tangible assets. The potential maximum obligation as of September 28, 2024, was approximately $280 million. The total receivables
under these programs were $14 million and $12 million at September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. These receivables are included, net of
allowance for uncollectible amounts, in Accounts Receivable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
When constructing new facilities or making major enhancements to existing facilities, we will occasionally enter into incentive agreements with local
government agencies in order to reduce certain state and local tax expenditures. These funds are generally considered restricted cash, which is reported in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Assets. We had no deposits at September 28, 2024 or September 30, 2023. Additionally, under certain agreements, we
transfer the related assets to various local government entities and receive Industrial Revenue Bonds. We immediately lease the facilities from the local
government entities and have an option to re-purchase the facilities for a nominal amount upon tendering the Industrial Revenue Bonds to the local government
entities at various predetermined dates. The Industrial Revenue Bonds and the associated obligations for the leases of the facilities offset, and the underlying
assets remain in property, plant and equipment. At September 28, 2024, total amounts under these types of arrangements totaled $703 million.
Additionally, we enter into other purchase commitments for various items such as grains, livestock contracts and variable livestock grower commitments that are
estimable and have a remaining term in excess of one year, which as of September 28, 2024 were (in millions):
Purchase Obligations
2025
$
368
2026
269
2027
132
2028
100
2029
79
2030 and beyond
247
Total
$
1,195
80
Contingencies
In the normal course of business, we are involved in various claims, lawsuits, investigations and legal proceedings, including those specifically identified below.
Each quarter, we determine whether to accrue for loss contingencies based on our assessment of whether the potential loss is probable, reasonably possible or
remote and to the extent a loss is probable, whether it is reasonably estimable. We record accruals in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for
matters that we conclude are probable and the financial impact is reasonably estimable. The Company further determines whether a range of possible loss, if
any, in excess of the recorded accrual is reasonably estimable. Regardless of the manner of resolution, frequently the most significant changes in the status of a
matter may occur over a short time period, often following a lengthy period of little substantive activity. While these accruals reflect the Company’s best
estimate of the probable loss for those matters as of the dates of those accruals, the recorded amounts may differ materially from the actual amount of the losses
for those matters. Listed below are certain claims made against the Company for which the magnitude of the potential exposure could be material to the
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation and Related Matters
Beginning in September 2016, a series of putative federal class action lawsuits styled In re Broiler Chicken Antitrust Litigation (the “Broiler Antitrust Civil
Litigation”) were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against us and certain of our poultry subsidiaries, as well as several
other poultry processing companies and Agri Stats, Inc. ("Agri Stats"), an information service provider. As described below, the Company reached agreements to
settle all outstanding claims brought against it by the putative classes, and the Court has granted final approval to these settlements.
Certain putative class members chose to opt out of the classes and pursue individual claims against the Company and other defendants in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. The operative complaints allege that beginning in January 2008, the defendants conspired and combined to
fix, raise, maintain, and stabilize the price of broiler chickens and that the defendants manipulated and artificially inflated the Georgia Dock price index.” The
plaintiffs further allege that the defendants concealed this conduct from the plaintiffs and the members of the putative classes. The plaintiffs seek treble damages,
injunctive relief, pre- and post-judgment interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees under the United States antitrust laws and various state unfair competition laws,
consumer protection laws, and unjust enrichment common laws.
The first trial in this matter, which involved claims brought by the Direct Purchaser Plaintiff Class and certain direct-action plaintiffs, began on September 12,
2023 and concluded with a jury verdict in favor of the defendant on October 25, 2023. The Company did not participate in the first trial because it had
previously settled all of the claims brought by the plaintiffs that participated in that trial. The second and third scheduled trials in this matter, which were to
involve claims brought by the Commercial and Institutional Indirect Purchaser Class and the End-User Consumer Plaintiff Class, respectively, were scheduled to
begin in March 2024 and September 2024, respectively. Both of these trials were cancelled because all claims brought by these classes were resolved before
trial.
Settlements
On January 19, 2021, we announced that we had reached agreements to settle certain class claims related to the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation. Settlement
terms were reached with the putative Direct Purchaser Plaintiff Class, the putative Commercial and Institutional Indirect Purchaser Plaintiff Class and the
putative End-User Plaintiff Class (collectively, the “Classes”). Under the terms of the settlements, we agreed to pay the Classes an aggregate amount of
$221.5 million in settlement of all outstanding claims brought by the Classes. On June 29, 2021, December 20, 2021 and April 18, 2022, the Court granted final
approval to the settlements with the Direct Purchaser Plaintiff Class, the End-User Plaintiff Class and the Commercial and Institutional Indirect Purchaser
Plaintiff Class, respectively. The foregoing settlements do not settle claims made by plaintiffs who have opted out of the Classes in the Broiler Antitrust Civil
Litigation.
We are currently pursuing settlement discussions with the remaining opt-out plaintiffs with respect to the remaining claims. While we do not admit any liability
as part of the settlements, we believe that the settlements we have entered into have been in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to avoid the
uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation.
Government Investigations
U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) Antitrust Division. On June 21, 2019, the DOJ filed a motion to intervene and sought a limited stay of discovery in the
Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation, which the court granted in part. Subsequently, we received a grand jury subpoena from the DOJ seeking additional documents
and information related to the chicken industry. On June 2, 2020, a grand jury for the District of Colorado returned an indictment charging four individual
executives employed by two other poultry processing companies with conspiracy to engage in bid-rigging in violation of federal antitrust laws. On June 10,
2020, we announced that we uncovered information in connection with the grand jury subpoena that we had previously self-reported to the DOJ and have been
cooperating with the DOJ as part of our application for leniency under the DOJ’s Corporate Leniency Program. Subsequently, the DOJ announced indictments
against additional individuals, as well as other poultry processing companies, alleging a conspiracy to fix prices and rig bids for broiler chicken products from at
least 2012 until at least early 2019. None of these indictments remain pending. In August 2021, the Company was granted conditional leniency by the DOJ for
the matters we self-reported, which means that provided the Company continues to cooperate with the DOJ, neither the Company nor any of our cooperating
employees will face prosecution or criminal fines or penalties. We continue to cooperate with the DOJ in connection with the ongoing federal antitrust
investigation.
81
State Attorney General Matters. The Offices of the Attorneys General in Washington, New Mexico and Alaska have filed complaints against us and certain of
our poultry subsidiaries, as well as several other poultry processing companies and Agri Stats based on allegations similar to those asserted in the Broiler
Antitrust Civil Litigation. These complaints alleged violations of state antitrust, unfair trade practice, and unjust enrichment laws. We are cooperating with
various state governmental agencies and officials, including the Offices of the Attorneys General for Florida and Louisiana, investigating or otherwise seeking
information, testimony and/or documents, regarding the conduct alleged in the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation and related matters. In October 2022, we
reached an agreement to settle all claims with the Washington Attorney General, and the court entered a consent decree on October 24, 2022. On February 16,
2024, the Company and the State of Alaska filed a stipulation and proposed consent decree reflecting a settlement of the claims against the Company asserted by
the Office of the Attorney General of Alaska. The court approved this settlement on April 24, 2024. On April 19, 2024, the Company and the State of New
Mexico filed a proposed consent judgment reflecting a settlement of the claims against the Company asserted by the Office of the Attorney General of New
Mexico. The Court approved this settlement on July 23, 2024. While the Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims that have been made, we
believe that these settlements are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted
litigation.
During fiscal years 2023 and 2021, the Company recorded aggregate legal contingency accruals of $156 million and $545 million, respectively, for claims
related to these matters. Additionally, during fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company reduced its total recorded legal contingency accrual by $98 million,
$94 million and $343 million, respectively, for amounts it had paid related to these matters. At September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, the legal
contingency accrual for claims related to the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation matters described above was $86 million and $184 million, respectively. The
Company does not believe that a range of possible loss, if any, in excess of the recorded accrual is reasonably estimable at this time.
Broiler Chicken Grower Litigation and Investigation
On January 27, 2017 and March 26, 2017, putative class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our poultry subsidiaries, as well as several other
vertically integrated poultry processing companies, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Oklahoma styled In re Broiler Chicken Grower
Litigation. The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that the defendants colluded not to compete for broiler raising services “with the purpose and effect of
fixing, maintaining, and/or stabilizing grower compensation below competitive levels.” The plaintiffs also allege that the defendants “agreed to share detailed
data on [g]rower compensation with one another, with the purpose and effect of artificially depressing [g]rower compensation below competitive levels.” The
plaintiffs contend these alleged acts constitute violations of the Sherman Antitrust Act and Section 202 of the Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Act of
1921. The plaintiffs are seeking treble damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees on behalf of the putative class. Additional named
plaintiffs filed similar class action complaints in federal district courts in North Carolina, Colorado, Kansas and California. All actions were subsequently
consolidated in the Eastern District of Oklahoma. In June 2021, we reached an agreement to settle with the putative class of broiler chicken farmers all claims
raised in this consolidated action on terms not material to the Company. The Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement on August 23, 2021 and final
approval on February 18, 2022, and the Company paid the settlement during fiscal 2022.
In October 2022, the DOJ’s Antitrust Division opened a civil investigation into broiler chicken grower contracts and alleged non-competitive practices involving
performance-based compensation sharing for the purpose of stabilizing compensation below competitive levels. We continue to cooperate with the investigation.
The Company has not recorded any liability for this matter as it does not believe a loss is probable, nor does it believe that a range of possible loss, if any, is
reasonably estimable at this time.
Pork Antitrust Litigation
Beginning June 18, 2018, a series of putative class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our pork subsidiaries, as well as several other pork
processing companies, in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota styled In re Pork Antitrust Litigation (the “Pork Antitrust Civil
Litigation”). The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that beginning in January 2009, the defendants conspired and combined to fix, raise, maintain, and
stabilize the price of pork and pork products in violation of federal antitrust laws. The complaints on behalf of the putative classes of indirect purchasers also
include causes of action under various state unfair competition laws, consumer protection laws, and unjust enrichment common laws. The plaintiffs seek treble
damages, injunctive relief, pre- and post-judgment interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees on behalf of the putative classes. Since the original filing, certain putative
class members have opted out of the matter and are proceeding with individual direct actions making similar claims, and others may try to do so in the future.
The Offices of the Attorney General in New Mexico and Alaska have filed complaints against us and certain of our pork subsidiaries, as well as several other
pork processing companies and Agri Stats. The complaints are based on allegations similar to those asserted in the Pork Antitrust Civil Litigation and allege
violations of state antitrust, unfair trade practice, and unjust enrichment laws based on allegations of conspiracies to exchange information and manipulate the
supply of pork. On October 18, 2024, we reached an agreement in principle with the State of Alaska to settle the claims it had asserted for an immaterial amount.
While the Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims that have been made, we believe that this settlement is in the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation.
82
In the third quarter of fiscal 2024, we filed and joined motions for summary judgment that, if successful, would dispose of all claims against us brought by all
the plaintiffs in the Pork Antitrust Civil Litigation. While we believe we have strong summary judgment arguments, as well as other valid and meritorious
defenses to the claims that have been made in the Pork Antitrust Civil Litigation and the related Attorney General matters, we are exploring the possibility of
entering into settlements as a way to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation. We recorded a legal contingency accrual of
$45 million in fiscal 2024 which remains accrued as of September 28, 2024. The Company does not believe that a range of possible loss, if any, in excess of the
recorded accrual is reasonably estimable at this time.
Beef Antitrust Litigation and Related Matters
Beginning on April 23, 2019, a series of class action complaints were filed against us and our beef and pork subsidiary, Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc. (“Tyson Fresh
Meats”), as well as other beef packer defendants, in various federal district courts, including the United States District Court for Northern Illinois, the United
States District Court for the District of Minnesota, and the United States District Court for the District of Kansas, by putative classes of direct purchasers, cattle
ranchers, indirect purchasers, and indirect cattle producers. The putative classes in these cases allege that the defendants engaged in one or more conspiracies
beginning in roughly January 2015 with the aim of reducing fed cattle prices, manipulating the price of live cattle futures and options traded on the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange, artificially increasing the cost of beef, and reducing the price of cows, cattle, calves, steers or heifers. The putative classes allege that this
conduct violated federal antitrust laws, the Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Act of 1921, the Commodities Exchange Act, and various state unfair
competition, consumer protection, and unjust enrichment laws. Their complaints seek, among other things, treble monetary damages, punitive damages,
restitution, and pre- and post-judgment interest, as well as declaratory and injunctive relief. Since the original filing, certain putative class members have opted
out of the matter and are proceeding with individual direct actions making similar claims, and others may do so in the future. These cases have been transferred
to the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota for pretrial purposes. The matter is currently in the fact discovery phase, and the putative classes
filed motions for class certification on September 25, 2024. The Company has not recorded any liability for these foregoing matters as it does not believe a loss
is probable, nor does it believe that a range of possible loss, if any, is reasonably estimable at this time, because the Company believes that it has valid and
meritorious defenses against the allegations and because the classes have not yet been defined or certified by the court.
On February 18, 2022, a putative class action was commenced against us, Tyson Fresh Meats, and other beef packer defendants in the Supreme Court of British
Columbia styled Bui v. Cargill, Incorporated et al. The putative class is comprised of direct and indirect beef purchasers in Canada between January 1, 2015 and
the present, and alleges that the defendants conspired to fix, maintain, increase, or control the price of beef, as well as to fix, maintain, control, prevent, or lessen
the production or supply of beef. The complaint alleges a violation of the Competition Act, civil conspiracy, unjust enrichment, and a violation of the Civil Code
of Québec. It seeks declarations regarding the alleged conspiracy, general damages, aggravated, exemplary, and punitive damages, injunctive relief, costs, and
interest. On March 24, 2022, a putative class action was commenced against the same defendants in the Superior Court of Québec styled De Bellefeuille v.
Cargill, Incorporated et al, raising substantially similar allegations and seeking compensatory damages, costs of investigation and interest. The Company has
not recorded any liability for these foregoing matters as it does not believe a loss is probable, nor does it believe that a range of possible loss, if any, is
reasonably estimable at this time, because the proceedings are in preliminary stages.
On May 22, 2020, December 23, 2020 and October 29, 2021, we received civil investigative demands (“CIDs”) from the DOJ’s Civil Antitrust Division. The
CIDs request information related to the fed cattle and beef packing markets. We have been cooperating with the DOJ with respect to the CIDs. The Offices of
the Attorney General for multiple states are participating in the investigation and coordinating with the DOJ. The Company has not recorded any liability for this
matter as it does not believe a loss is probable, nor does it believe that a range of possible loss, if any, is reasonably estimable at this time.
Wage Rate Litigation and Related Matters
Poultry. On August 30, 2019, a putative class of non-supervisory production and maintenance employees at chicken processing plants in the continental United
States filed class action complaints against us and certain of our subsidiaries, as well as several other poultry processing companies, in the United States District
Court for the District of Maryland. The plaintiffs allege that the defendants directly and through a wage survey and benchmarking service exchanged
information regarding labor rates in an effort to depress and fix the rates of wages for non-supervisory production and maintenance workers in violation of
federal antitrust laws. Additional lawsuits making similar allegations were consolidated including an amended consolidated complaint containing additional
allegations concerning turkey processing plants naming additional defendants. On May 10, 2024 and June 3, 2024, the Company participated in mediation with
the putative class plaintiffs. Following the mediation, on June 14, 2024, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the putative class plaintiffs to
settle all claims in the case for an aggregate amount of $115.5 million. As a result, we increased our legal contingency accrual for claims related to this matter to
$116 million at September 28, 2024 from $60 million as of September 30, 2023. This agreement in principle remains subject to court approval. While we believe
we have valid and meritorious defenses against the allegations, we believe that the proposed settlement is in the best interests of the Company and its
shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation. The Company does not believe that a range of possible loss, if any, in
excess of the recorded accrual is reasonably estimable at this time.
83
The DOJ’s Antitrust Division has opened a civil investigation into human resources at several poultry companies. We are cooperating with the investigation. The
Company has not recorded any liability for this matter as it does not believe a loss is probable, nor does it believe that a range of possible loss, if any, is
reasonably estimable at this time.
Fresh Meats. On November 11, 2022, a putative class of employees at beef-processing and pork-processing plants in the continental United States filed a class
action complaint against us and certain of our subsidiaries, as well as several other beef-processing and pork-processing companies, in the United States District
Court for the District of Colorado. The plaintiffs allege that the defendants directly and through a wage survey and benchmarking service exchanged information
regarding labor rates in an effort to depress and fix the rates of wages for employees in violation of federal antitrust laws.
On December 22, 2023, after a mediation between the parties, the Company and the putative class plaintiffs reached an in-principle agreement to settle. While
we believe we have valid and meritorious defenses against the allegations, we believe that the proposed settlement is in the best interests of the Company and its
shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, the Company agreed to
pay the putative class an aggregate amount of $72.5 million. The settlement agreement remains subject to court approval. If the court grants final approval to the
settlement, it will completely resolve all claims made against the Company in this matter. During fiscal 2024, the Company recorded an accrual for the
$72.5 million proposed settlement which remains accrued as of September 28, 2024. The Company does not believe that a range of possible loss, if any, in
excess of the recorded accrual is reasonably estimable at this time.
Other Matters
Our subsidiary, The Hillshire Brands Company (formerly named Sara Lee Corporation), is a party to a consolidation of cases filed by individual complainants
with the Republic of the Philippines, Department of Labor and Employment and the National Labor Relations Commission (“NLRC”) from 1998 through July
1999. The complaint was filed against Aris Philippines, Inc., Sara Lee Corporation, Sara Lee Philippines, Inc., Fashion Accessories Philippines, Inc., and
Attorney Cesar C. Cruz (collectively, the “respondents”). The complaint alleges, among other things, that the respondents engaged in unfair labor practices in
connection with the termination of manufacturing operations in the Philippines in 1995 by Aris Philippines, Inc., a former subsidiary of The Hillshire Brands
Company. In late 2004, a labor arbiter ruled against the respondents and awarded the complainants approximately $62 million in damages and fees. From 2004
through 2014, the parties filed numerous appeals, motions for reconsideration and petitions for review, certain of which remained outstanding for several years.
On December 15, 2016, we learned that the NLRC rendered its decision on November 29, 2016, regarding the respondents’ appeals from the labor arbiter’s
2004 ruling in favor of the complainants. The NLRC increased the award for 4,922 of the total 5,984 complainants to approximately $265 million. However, the
NLRC approved a prior settlement reached with the group comprising approximately 18% of the class of 5,984 complainants, pursuant to which The Hillshire
Brands Company agreed to pay each settling complainant approximately $1,200. The parties filed numerous appeals, motions for reconsideration and petitions
for review related to the NLRC award and settlement payment. The Court of Appeals of the Philippines subsequently vacated the NLRC’s award on April 12,
2018. Complainants filed motions for reconsideration with the Court of Appeals which were denied. Claimants have since filed petitions for writ of certiorari
with the Supreme Court of the Philippines, which have been accepted. The Company continues to maintain an accrual in an immaterial amount for estimated
probable losses for this matter in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company does not believe that a range of possible loss, if any, in
excess of the
recorded accrual is reasonably estimable at this time.
Various claims have been asserted against the Company, its subsidiaries, and its officers and agents by, and on behalf of, team members who claim to have
contracted COVID-19 in our facilities. The Company has not recorded any liability for these matters as it does not believe a loss is probable, nor does it believe
that a range of possible loss, if any, is reasonably estimable at this time, because it believes the allegations in the claims are without merit and that the Company
has valid and meritorious defenses against the allegations.
84
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tyson Foods, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tyson Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 28, 2024 and
September 30, 2023, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended September 28, 2024, including the related notes and schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the
period ended September 28, 2024 appearing under Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 28, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
September 28, 2024 and September 30, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 28,
2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 28, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal
control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control
over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
85
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated
or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements
and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill Impairment Assessments – Beef Segment Reporting Unit and Certain Reporting Units in the Chicken Segment
As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $9,819 million as of September 28,
2024, and the goodwill associated with the reporting units in the Chicken and Beef segments was $3,001 million and $343 million, respectively. Goodwill is
reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the
reporting unit may more likely than not be less than carrying amount, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. Management estimates the fair value
of reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method),
with another technique being a market approach (guideline public company method). The determination of fair value using these techniques includes
assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider budgets, business plans, economic projections and
marketplace data.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessments of the Beef segment reporting
unit and certain reporting units in the Chicken segment is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value
estimates of the reporting units; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant
assumptions related to (a) sales growth, operating margins, and discount rates used in the discounted cash flow method for the Beef segment reporting unit and
one Chicken segment reporting unit, (b) operating margins and discount rate used in the discounted cash flow method for another Chicken segment reporting
unit, and (c) valuation multiples used in the guideline public company method for the certain reporting units in the Chicken segment, and (iii) the audit effort
involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated
financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessments, including
controls over the valuation of the Beef segment reporting unit and the certain reporting units in the Chicken segment. These procedures also included, among
others, (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimates of the Beef segment reporting unit and the certain reporting units in the Chicken
segment; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the income and market valuation approaches, as applicable to the reporting unit; (iii) testing the completeness and
accuracy of underlying data used in the valuation approaches; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s significant assumptions related to sales
growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples, as applicable to the reporting unit. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to sales
growth and operating margins involved evaluating whether the assumptions used were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the
reporting units; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, as applicable to the reporting unit; and (iii) whether the assumptions were consistent
with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating (i) the appropriateness of
the Company’s valuation approaches and (ii) the reasonableness of the sales growth, discount rates and valuation multiples significant assumptions, as
applicable to the reporting unit.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Springdale, Arkansas
November 12, 2024
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief
Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)). Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that, as of
September 28, 2024, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
86
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the
1934 Act. Our internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations,
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 28, 2024. In making this assessment,
we used criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013). Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO, management concluded the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 28, 2024.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has audited the fiscal 2024 financial statements included in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 28, 2024 as
stated in its report which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 1934 Act) during the
quarter ended September 28, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
During the three months ended September 28, 2024, none of the Company’s directors or executive officers adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or
written plan for the purchase or sale of Company securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any “non-Rule
10b5-1 trading arrangement” as defined in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
See information set forth under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance Information” in the Company’s
definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 6, 2025 (the “Proxy Statement”), which information is
incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to general instruction G(3) of Annual Report on Form 10-K, certain information concerning our executive officers is
included under the caption “Information About Our Executive Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information required by this item
regarding delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.
We have a code of ethics as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, which applies to all of our directors and team members, including our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. This code of ethics, titled “Tyson Code of
Conduct,” is available, free of charge on our website at https://www.tysonfoods.com/ethics-and-compliance
We will post any amendments to the Code of Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock
Exchange, on our website.
We have adopted insider trading policies and procedures governing the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of securities of Tyson and other companies by
directors, senior management, and employees that we believe are reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations
and applicable listing standards. Our insider trading policy states, among other things, that our directors, officers, and employees are prohibited from trading in
such securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information. The foregoing summary of our insider trading policies and procedures does not purport to
be complete and is qualified by reference to our Insider Trading Policy filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
87
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
See the information set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation For Fiscal Year 2024,” “Compensation Discussion and
Analysis,” “Report of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the
Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. However, pursuant to instructions to Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K, the material
appearing under the sub-heading “Report of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee” shall be deemed “furnished” and not be deemed to be
“filed” with the SEC, other than as provided in this Item 11.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
See the information included under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of Management” in the Proxy
Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following information reflects certain information about our equity compensation plans as of September 28, 2024:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Number of
Securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
Weighted
average
exercise price
of outstanding
options
Number of Securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding Securities reflected
in the first column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
7,114,663
$
64.02
18,528,318
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
—
—
—
Total
7,114,663
$
64.02
18,528,318
(a) Shares of Class A Common Stock available for future issuance as of September 28, 2024, under the Stock Incentive Plan (3,885,823), the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(6,994,887) and the Retirement Savings Plan (7,647,608).
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
See the information included under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance Information” and “Certain
Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
See the information included under the captions “Audit Fees,” “Audit-Related Fees,” “Tax Fees,” “All Other Fees,” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval
Policy” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
(1) Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended September 28, 2024
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended September 28, 2024
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 28, 2024, and September 30, 2023
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the three years ended September 28, 2024
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended September 28, 2024
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)
(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
Financial Statement Schedule - Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended September 28, 2024
All other schedules are omitted because they are neither applicable nor required.
(3) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
88
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2
Sixth Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1
Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (previously
filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended September 28, 2019, and incorporated
herein by reference).
4.2
Indenture dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the “Company
Indenture”) (previously filed as Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the Commission on December 18,
1997, Registration No. 333-42525, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.3
Form of 7.0% Note due January 15, 2028, issued under the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 27, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.4
Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 13, 2012, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)),
as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form
8-K filed June 13, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.5
Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 8, 2014, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)),
as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form
8-K filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.6
Form of 4.875% Senior Note due 2034 (included in Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8‑K filed August 8,
2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.7
Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 8, 2014, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)),
as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form
8-K filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.8
Form of 5.15% Senior Note due 2044 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8‑K filed
August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.9
Indenture dated October 2, 1990, between Sara Lee Corporation and Continental Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the “Sara Lee
Indenture”) (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-33603 on Form S-3 by Sara
Lee Corporation, predecessor in interest to The Hillshire Brands Company, filed with the Commission on October 5, 1990, and
incorporated herein by reference).
4.10
Form of 61/8% Notes due 2032 issued pursuant to the Sara Lee Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.25 to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.11
Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing
the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-k filed on June 2, 2017,
and incorporated herein by reference).
4.12
Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing
the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2017,
and incorporated herein by reference).
4.13
Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing
the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2017,
and incorporated herein by reference).
4.14
Form of 3.55% Senior Notes due 2027 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).
89
4.15
Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing
the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2017,
and incorporated herein by reference).
4.16
Form of 4.55% Senior Notes due 2047 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.17
Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2018, by and between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee,
supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.18
Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2018, by and between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee,
supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.19
Form of 5.100% Senior Notes due 2048 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.20
Supplemental Indenture, dated March 8, 2024, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as trustee, for the
Senior Notes due 2029 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 8, 2024,
and incorporated herein by reference).
4.21
Form of 5.400% Senior Note due 2029 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
March 8, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.22
Supplemental Indenture, dated March 8, 2024, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, for the
Senior Notes due 2034 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 8, 2024,
and incorporated herein by reference).
4.23
Form of 5.700% Senior Note due 2034 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
March 8, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.1
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated September 30, 2021, among Tyson Foods, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the
lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2021, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.2
First Amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2022, among Tyson Foods, Inc. and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended October 1, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3
*
Term Loan Agreement, dated May 3, 2023, among Tyson Foods, Inc., the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as
administrative agent, and BofA Securities Inc. as lead arranger (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 1, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.4
*
Term Loan Agreement, dated May 3, 2023, among Tyson Foods, Inc., the lenders party thereto, CoBank ACB, as
administrative agent, and CoBank FCB, as sole lead arranger (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 1, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.5
*
Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated June 26, 2024, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as
lender and administrative agent. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, dated June 26,
2024, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.6
*
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2017, by and between the Company and John
Tyson (previously filed as Exhibit 10.76 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September
30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.7
*
Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2021, by and between the Company and Donnie King (previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2,
2021, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.8
*
Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2024, by and between the Company and Donnie King
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2024, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.9
*
Release Agreement dated as of January 17, 2023 between Tyson Foods, Inc. and Scott Spradley (previously filed as Exhibit
10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
90
10.10
*
Consulting Agreement, dated February 1, 2024, between the Company and Noel W. White (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 30, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11
*
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2007, between the Company and John Tyson (previously filed as Exhibit
10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.12
*
Form of Indemnity Agreement between Tyson Foods, Inc. and its directors and certain executive officers (previously filed as
Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020, and incorporated
herein by reference).
10.13
**
Tyson Foods, Inc. Annual Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives adopted February 4, 2005, and amended and
restated effective November 8, 2023.
10.14
*
Amended and Restated Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2013 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 28, 2013, and incorporated herein
by reference).
10.15
*
First Amendment to the Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective November 16, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.16
*
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of February 11, 2021 (previously filed as Exhibit A-1 to
the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2020, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.17
*
Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan effective
January 1, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.68 to the Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
October 1, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.18
*
First Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan effective
November, 16, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
December 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.19
*
Second Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan effective
February 2018 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
December 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.20
*
Executive Severance Plan effective October 15, 2018 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.65 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended September 29, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.21
*
Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated effective February 15, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 1, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.22
*
Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.23
*
Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.24
*
Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted under the
Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.25
*
Form of Stock Options (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.26
*
Form of Stock Options (CEO & Other CT) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.27
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted share awards are
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
91
10.28
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted share
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.29
*
Form of Restricted Stock (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted share awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.30
*
Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance shares
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.10
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.31
*
Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance
shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.11 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.32
*
Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance
shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.12 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.33
*
Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously
filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.34
*
Form of Performance Shares - Return on Invested Capital - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance
shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.14 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.35
*
Form of Performance Shares - Return on Invested Capital (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2022 (previously
filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2022, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.36
*
Form of Stock Options (Non-Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.37
*
Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.38
*
Form of Stock Options (CEO and other contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.39
*
Form of Stock Options (Directors) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.40
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Non-Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5a to
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.41
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Non-Contracted 2-year graded vesting) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously
filed as Exhibit 10.5b to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and
incorporated herein by reference).
92
10.42
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Non-Contracted 3-year graded vesting) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously
filed as Exhibit 10.5c to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.43
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.44
*
Form of Restricted Stock (CEO and other contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.45
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Directors) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8a to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.46
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Directors 3-year graded vesting) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted
stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as
Exhibit 10.8b to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated
herein by reference).
10.47
*
Form of Performance Shares (Operating Income) (Non-Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023,
and incorporated herein by reference).
10.48
*
Form of Performance Shares (Operating Income) (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023,
and incorporated herein by reference).
10.49
*
Form of Performance Shares (rTSR) (Non-Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance
share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as
Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated
herein by reference).
10.50
*
Form of Performance Shares (rTSR) (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance share
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.12 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.51
*
Form of Performance Shares (1-year Operating Income) (Non-Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to
which performance share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023,
and incorporated herein by reference).
10.52
*
Form of Performance Shares (1-year Operating Income) (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023,
and incorporated herein by reference).
10.53
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Non-US Directors) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.15
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.54
*
Form of Restricted Stock (Non-US Officers) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.55
*
Form of Deferred Restricted Stock - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
93
10.56
*
Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.57
*
Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted under the
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.58
*
Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.59
*
Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted under the
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.60
*
Form of Stock Options (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.14 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.61
*
Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.62
*
Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted under the
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.63
*
Form of Stock Options (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit
10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by
reference).
10.64
*
Form of Stock Options (CEO Special) - Stock Incentive Aware Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective October 5, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.65
Form of Performance Shares – Return on Invested Capital (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 19, 2021
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 1, 2022, and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.66
Form of Performance Shares – Return on Invested Capital (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 19, 2021
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 1, 2022, and
incorporated herein by reference).
19
*
Insider trading policy (previously filed as Exhibit 19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
21
**
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23
**
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
31.1
**
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2
**
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1
***
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2
***
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
94
97
*
Clawback policy (previously filed as Exhibit 97 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
101
The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 28 2024, formatted
in iXBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’
Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vii) Financial
Statement Schedule.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File formatted in iXBRL.
*
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**
Filed herewith
***
Furnished herewith
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
TYSON FOODS, INC.
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Fiscal year ended September 28, 2024, September 30, 2023 and October 1, 2022
Additions
in millions
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged to
Other
Accounts
(Deductions)
Balance at End
of Period
Allowance for Credit Losses:
2024
$
31
$
14
$
—
$
(7)
$
38
2023
29
12
—
(10)
31
2022
25
6
—
(2)
29
Inventory Lower of Cost or Net
Realizable Value Allowance:
2024
$
145
$
349
$
—
$
(379)
$
115
2023
60
333
—
(248)
145
2022
47
36
—
(23)
60
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax
Assets:
2024
$
199
$
—
$
—
$
(6)
$
193
2023
195
4
—
—
199
2022
151
44
—
—
195
95
ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
96
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
TYSON FOODS, INC.
By:
/s/ Curt T. Calaway
November 12, 2024
Curt T. Calaway
Chief Financial Officer
By:
/s/ Lori J. Bondar
November 12, 2024
Lori J. Bondar
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
97
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
/s/ John H. Tyson
Chairman of the Board of Directors
November 12, 2024
John H. Tyson
/s/ Les R. Baledge
Director
November 12, 2024
Les R. Baledge
/s/ Mike Beebe
Director
November 12, 2024
Mike Beebe
/s/ Lori J. Bondar
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
November 12, 2024
Lori J. Bondar
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Maria Claudia Borras
Director
November 12, 2024
Maria Claudia Borras
/s/ David J. Bronczek
Director
November 12, 2024
David J. Bronczek
/s/ Curt T. Calaway
Chief Financial Officer
November 12, 2024
Curt T. Calaway
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Donnie King
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
November 12, 2024
Donnie King
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Jonathan D. Mariner
Director
November 12, 2024
Jonathan D. Mariner
/s/ Maria N. Martinez
Director
November 12, 2024
Maria N. Martinez
/s/ Kevin M. McNamara
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director
November 12, 2024
Kevin M. McNamara
/s/ Cheryl S. Miller
Director
November 12, 2024
Cheryl S. Miller
/s/ Kate B. Quinn
Director
November 12, 2024
Kate B. Quinn
/s/ Jeffrey K. Schomburger
Director
November 12, 2024
Jeffrey K. Schomburger
/s/ Barbara A. Tyson
Director
November 12, 2024
Barbara A. Tyson
/s/ Noel White
Director
November 12, 2024
Noel White
98
Exhibit 10.13
TYSON FOODS, INC.
ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
I. INTRODUCTION
1.1. Purpose. The purpose of this Plan is to recruit and retain highly qualified senior executive officers, to provide incentives
to such individuals to attain the goals of Tyson Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Affiliates (as defined below) and to provide
such employees with incentive compensation based on the performance of the Company in order to enhance shareholder value.
1.2. Description. This Plan is the means by which the Committee (as defined below) shall determine annual incentive
bonuses and effect and implement awards for participating employees hereunder.
II. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Affiliate” means (a) an entity that directly or through one or more intermediaries is controlled by the Company, and (b) any
entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Company.
“Annual Incentive Bonus” means a bonus payable with respect to a fiscal year of the Company determined in accordance with
Article 5 hereof.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Committee” means the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee of the Board, which shall consist of two or
more members of the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Participant” means a senior executive officer of the Company or any Affiliate meeting the requirements of Article 4 hereof,
who is selected to participate in the Plan by the Committee.
“Performance Measures” means the goals established by the Committee under an objective formula or standard pursuant to the
Plan. Such goals shall be measured using criteria selected by the Committee, which may include one or any combination of the
following criteria:
(1) earnings per share and/or growth in earnings per share in relation to target objectives, excluding the effect of
extraordinary or nonrecurring items;
(2) operating cash flow and/or growth in operating cash flow in relation to target objectives;
(3) cash available in relation to target objectives;
(4) net income and/or growth in net income in relation to target objectives, excluding the effect of extraordinary or
nonrecurring items;
(5) revenue and/or growth in revenue in relation to target objectives;
(6) total shareholder return (measured as the total of the appreciation of, and dividends declared on, the stock) in relation
to target objectives;
(7) return on invested capital in relation to target objectives;
1
Exhibit 10.13
(8) return on shareholder equity in relation to target objectives;
(9) return on assets in relation to target objectives;
(10) return on common book equity in relation to target objectives;
(11) operating income in relation to target objectives;
(12) EBIT, EBITDA or EBITDAR or any adjusted version thereof in relation to target objectives; or
(13) any strategic, operational, or individual goals selected by the Committee.
“Plan” means the Tyson Foods, Inc. Annual Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executive Officers, as in effect and as
amended from time to time.
III. ADMINISTRATION
The administration and operation of the Plan shall be supervised by the Committee with respect to all matters. The Committee
may delegate responsibility for the day-to-day administration and operation of the Plan to such employees of the Company as it
shall designate from time-to-time. The Committee shall interpret and construe any and all provisions of the Plan and any
determination made by the Committee under the Plan shall be final and conclusive. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any
member of the Board, nor any employee of the Company shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or
determination made in connection with the Plan (other than acts of willful misconduct) and the members of the Board and the
Committee and the employees of the Company shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company to the
maximum extent permitted at law in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including counsel’s fees) arising from their
acts, omissions and conduct in their official capacity with respect to the Plan.
IV. PARTICIPATION
Each employee of the Company or any Affiliate holding a position of executive officer (or equivalent position at a non-
corporate Affiliate) shall be eligible to be a Participant selected by the Committee to receive awards under the Plan.
V. ANNUAL INCENTIVE BONUS
5.1. Establishment of Performance Goals. At the start of each fiscal year of the Company, the Committee shall select the
Participants eligible to receive an Annual Incentive Bonus under this Plan and establish the Performance Measures and procedure
for calculating the amount of the Annual Incentive Bonus for each Participant. In no event shall the amount of the Annual Incentive
Bonus payable to any Participant attributable to a fiscal year exceed $10,000,000.
5.2. Determination of Achievement of Performance Measures. The Committee shall have sole discretion to determine the
level of achievement of applicable Performance Measures, any adjustments applicable thereto and the amount of any Annual
Incentive Bonus payable to a Participant, and may consider in making such determination factors such as: overall Company
performance, changes in the Company’s structure or operations, and the Participant’s individual performance.
2
Exhibit 10.13
5.3. Payment of Annual Incentive Bonus.
(a) Unless a Participant’s employment contract with the Company specifies otherwise, as soon as practical after the
expiration of each fiscal year of the Company Participants who remained employed on the day bonuses are paid by the
Company shall be entitled to receive the Annual Incentive Bonus determined in accordance with this Article 5. Payment of
Annual Incentive Bonuses may be made in cash, in Company Class A common stock, or in any combination thereof, at the
discretion of the Company.
(b) Unless a Participant’s employment contract with the Company specifies otherwise, a Participant who during the
year died or terminated employment due to disability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, shall be entitled
to a prorated Annual Incentive Bonus based on the number of months and partial months elapsed during such fiscal year.. Any
Annual Incentive Bonus payable under this Section 5.3(b) shall be paid to the Participant after the Committee has determined
the level of achievement of applicable Performance Measures for the fiscal year in which the Participant’s employment
terminates, as stated in Section 5.2, and consistent with the provisions of Section 5.3(a).
(c) Unless a Participant’s employment contract with the Company specifies otherwise, a Participant who during the year
terminated employment with the Company in connection with a Retirement shall be entitled to a prorated Annual Incentive
Bonus based on the number of months and partial months elapsed during such fiscal year. Any Annual Incentive Bonus
payable under this Section 5.3(c) shall be paid to the Participant after the Committee has determined the level of achievement
of applicable Performance Measures for the fiscal year in which the Participant’s employment terminates, as stated in Section
5.2, and consistent with the provisions of Section 5.3(a). For purposes of this Plan, “Retirement” shall mean a Participant’s
voluntary termination of employment, where, as of the date of termination, the Participant (1) is at least age sixty-two (62), or
(2) is at least age fifty-five (55) and the Participant’s age plus years of continuous service with Tyson and/or an Affiliate equals
at least sixty-five (65).
(d) To the extent any other benefit plan of the Company provides for the payment of an annual bonus in connection
with a Participant’s termination of employment, to avoid duplication of payment, such Participant shall not be eligible for
payment of an Annual Incentive Bonus under this Plan pursuant to Subsections (b) or (c) of this Section.
(e) To the extent permitted by other benefit plans of the Company, Participants may defer the receipt of all or a
portion of their Annual Incentive Bonus otherwise payable under Subsection (a) of this Section.
5.4. Participants Rights Unsecured. The right of any Participant to receive Annual Incentive Bonus under the Plan shall
constitute an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company.
5.5 Withholding Taxes. The Company shall have the right to deduct from each bonus payment any federal, state and local
taxes required by such laws to be withheld with respect to the payment.
5.6 No Other Bonus Awards. Participants shall not be eligible to participate in any other annual bonus program maintained
by the Company for those fiscal years during which the Plan continues to be maintained.
3
Exhibit 10.13
VI. GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1. Amendment and Termination. The Committee may at any time amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan. No
Annual Incentive Bonus shall be paid for any fiscal year if the Plan is terminated prior to the last day of such fiscal year. All
determinations concerning the interpretation and application of this Section 6.1 shall be made by the Committee.
6.2. Designation of Beneficiary. Each Participant who defers receipt of all or a portion of any Annual Incentive Bonus under
the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries (which beneficiary may be an entity other than a natural person) to receive
any payments to be made following the Participant’s death. Such designation may be changed or cancelled at any time without the
consent of any such beneficiary. Any such designation, change or cancellation must be made on a form provided for that purpose
by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been named, or the designated
beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have predeceased the Participant, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse or, if no such
spouse shall survive the Participant, the Participant’s estate. If a Participant designates more than one beneficiary, the rights of such
beneficiaries shall be made in equal shares, unless the Participant has designated otherwise.
6.3. Adjustment of Performance Measures. The Committee may amend or adjust the Performance Measures or other terms
and conditions of an outstanding award in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial
statements or changes in law or accounting.
6.4. Miscellaneous.
(a) No Right of Continued Employment. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant any
right to continue in the employment of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates.
(b) No Limitation on Corporate Actions. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or
any Affiliate from taking any corporate action which is deemed by it to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not
such action would have an adverse effect on the Plan or any awards made under the Plan. No employee, Participant or other
person shall have any claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates as a result of any such action.
(c) Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or his beneficiaries shall have the
power or right to transfer, anticipate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan. The Company’s
obligations under this Plan are not assignable or transferable except to a corporation that acquires all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company or any corporation into which the Company may be merged or consolidated. The provisions of the Plan
shall inure to the benefit of each Participant and his beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or successors in interest.
(d) Clawback and Right to Offset. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, each team member,
by accepting the payment of any Annual Incentive Bonus under this Plan, agrees and consents: (i) to the application and
enforcement of any clawback policy that may be implemented by the Company (whether in existence as of the payment date
of an Annual Incentive Bonus or later adopted, and as such policy may be amended from time to time) that may apply to such
team member or former team member; and (ii) that the
4
Exhibit 10.13
Company may take such actions as are necessary to effectuate the enforcement of such policy without the team member’s or
former team member’s further consent or action. To the extent that the terms of this Plan and any such policy conflict, then the
terms of such policy shall prevail. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company reserves the right to offset the amount
of an Award by any amount(s) the team member, or former team member, owes to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or
affiliates.
(e) Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full
force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision
were not contained in the Plan.
(f) Shareholder Approval. The Plan shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for their approval before
any payments of compensation are made to any Participant. If such approval is not obtained, the Plan shall be deemed null and
void and no compensation shall be payable to Participants under the Plan.
(g) Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware,
without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.
(h) Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective beginning with the Company’s 2005 fiscal year.
(i) Headings. Headings are inserted in this Plan for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in a
construction of the provisions of the Plan.
Dated: November 8, 2023
5
Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES*
PLACE OF INCORPORATION
Advance Food Company, LLC
Oklahoma
AdvancePierre Foods Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
AdvancePierre Foods, Inc.
Delaware
Aidells Sausage Company, Inc.
Delaware
Allied Specialty Foods, Inc.
Pennsylvania
APF Legacy Subs, LLC
Ohio
Artisan Bread Co., LLC
North Carolina
Australian Food Corporation Pty Limited
Australia
Australian Food Corporation Trust
Australia
Barber Foods, LLC
Maine
Bryan Foods, Inc.
Delaware
C.V. Holdings, Inc.
Philippines
CBFA Management Corp.
Delaware
Central Industries, Inc.
Mississippi
Chefs Pantry, LLC
Ohio
Clovervale Farms, LLC
Ohio
Cobb (Hubei) Breeding Co., Ltd.
China
Cobb (Shanghai) Enterprise Management Consulting Co., Ltd.
China
Cobb Ana Damizlik Tavukculuk Sanayi Ve Ticaret Limited Sirketi (Cobb Turkey)
Turkey
Cobb Colombia S.A.S.
Colombia
Cobb Europe B.V.
Netherlands
Cobb Europe Limited
United Kingdom
Cobb Peru (Andina) S.A.C.
Peru
Cobb Worldwide Holding Company
Delaware
Cobb-Heritage, LLC
Delaware
Cobb-Vantress Brasil, Ltda
Brazil
Cobb-Vantress New Zealand Limited
New Zealand
Cobb-Vantress Philippines, Inc.
Philippines
Cobb-Vantress, Inc.
Delaware
Cobb-Vantress, LLC
Delaware
Coominya AFC Pty Limited
Australia
Coominya AFC Trust
Australia
DFG Foods, Inc.
Delaware
Egbert LLC
Delaware
Equity Meat Corp.
Pennsylvania
Flavor Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
Flavor One Corp.
Delaware
Foodbrands America, Inc.
Delaware
Foodbrands Supply Chain Services, Inc.
Delaware
Gallo Salame, Inc.
California
Global Employment Services, Inc.
Delaware
Golden Quality Foods Industry (England) Limited
United Kingdom
Golden Quality Foods Industry (Ireland) Limited
United Kingdom
Golden Quality Foods Industry (Norfolk) Limited
United Kingdom
Golden Quality Foods Industry (UK) Limited
United Kingdom
Golden Quality Foods Industry (Yorkshire) Limited
United Kingdom
Golden Quality Foods Retail (Norfolk) Limited
United Kingdom
Golden Quality Foods Retail (Yorkshire) Limited
United Kingdom
Hillshire Grain Services, LLC
Delaware
Hudson Midwest Foods, Inc.
Nebraska
IBP Caribbean, Inc.
Cayman Islands
IBP Foodservice, L.L.C.
Delaware
Exhibit 21
International Affiliates & Investment LLC
Delaware
Invicta Foods Limited
United Kingdom
Jiangsu Tyson Foods Co., Ltd
China
Keystone CLJV Holdings Limited
Hong Kong
Keystone County House Road, LLC
Delaware
Keystone Foods (AP) Limited
Hong Kong
Keystone Foods Holdco LLC
Delaware
Keystone Foods Intermediate LLC
Delaware
Keystone Foods LLC
Delaware
Keystone Foods Pty Limited
Australia
Keystone Management, Inc.
Delaware
Keystone Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited
China
LD Foods LLC
Delaware
Madison Foods, Inc.
Delaware
McKey Food Services (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
McKey Food Services (Shandong) Limited
China
McKey Food Services (Thailand) Limited
Thailand
McKey Food Services Limited
China
McKey Luxembourg S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
McKey Luxembourg Holdings APMEA S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
McKey Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
McKey VI Holdings Limited
Hong Kong
MFG (USA) Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
National Comp Care, Inc.
Delaware
New Canada Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
Oaklawn Capital Corporation
Delaware
Original Philly Holdings, Inc.
Pennsylvania
PBX, inc.
Delaware
Perfect Foods Factory LLC
United Arab Emirates
Pierre Holdco, Inc.
Delaware
River Valley Ingredients, LLC
Delaware
Rizhao Tyson Foods Co., Ltd
China
Rizhao Tyson Poultry Co., Ltd
China
Rural Energy Systems, Inc.
Delaware
Sara Lee - Kiwi Holdings, LLC
Delaware
Sara Lee Diversified, LLC
Delaware
Sara Lee Foods, LLC
Delaware
Sara Lee International LLC
Delaware
Sara Lee International TM Holdings LLC
Delaware
Sara Lee Mexicana Holdings Investment, L.L.C.
Delaware
Sara Lee TM Holdings LLC
Delaware
Sara Lee Trademark Holdings Australasia LLC
Delaware
Saramar, L.L.C.
Delaware
Shandong Keystone Chinwhiz Foods Co. Ltd.
China
Shandong Tyson Da Long Food Company Limited
China
Southern Family Foods, L.L.C.
Delaware
Southwest Products, LLC
Delaware
Supreme Foods Processing Company Ltd.
Saudi Arabia
TACL Assurance, LLC
Arkansas
TCI Grain Services, LLC
Delaware
Tecumseh Poultry LLC
Nebraska
Texas Transfer, Inc.
Texas
TFA Leasing, LLC
Delaware
TFA Opportunity Zone Fund, LLC
Delaware
Exhibit 21
TFI of California, Inc.
California
The Bruss Company
Illinois
The Hillshire Brands Company
Maryland
The IBP Foods Co.
Delaware
The Pork Group, Inc.
Delaware
TVM Limited
Hong Kong
TyNet Corporation
Delaware
Ty-Pro LLC
Delaware
Tyson (Hubei) Food Technology Development Co., Ltd.
China
Tyson (Jiangsu) Livestock and Poultry Development Co. Ltd
China
Tyson (Shanghai) Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
China
Tyson Americas Holding Sárl
Luxembourg
Tyson Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
Tyson Breeders, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Case Ready, LLC
Delaware
Tyson Chicken, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson China Holding 2 Limited
Hong Kong
Tyson China Holding 3 Limited
Hong Kong
Tyson China Holding Limited
Hong Kong
Tyson Deli, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Europe Holding Company
Nova Scotia
Tyson Farms QOZB, LLC
Delaware
Tyson Farms, Inc.
North Carolina
Tyson Feed (Thailand) Limited
Thailand
Tyson Foods (Malaysia) SDN. BHD.
Malaysia
Tyson Foods Brasil Investimentos Ltda.
Brazil
Tyson Foods Canada Inc. (Les Aliments Tyson Canada Inc.)
Ontario
Tyson Foods Europe B.V.
Netherlands
Tyson Foods France S.A.R.L.
France
Tyson Foods Germany GmbH
Germany
Tyson Foods Group Limited
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Holland B.V.
Netherlands
Tyson Foods Huadong Development Co., Ltd (Tyson Foods East China Development Co., Ltd)
China
Tyson Foods Iberia Alimentos, S.L.U.
Spain
Tyson Foods Italia S.p.A.
Italy
Tyson Foods Korea Ltd.
Korea (the Republic of)
Tyson Foods Oosterwolde B.V.
Netherlands
Tyson Foods Product Solutions Ltd
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Products Limited
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Restaurant Solutions Ltd
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Scotland Europe Limited
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Scotland Sales (Europe) Limited
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Service Solutions Austria GmbH
Austria
Tyson Foods UK Holding Ltd
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods UK Ltd
United Kingdom
Tyson Foods Wrexham Limited
United Kingdom
Tyson Fresh Meats Sales and Distribution, LLC
Delaware
Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Global Holding Sárl
Luxembourg
Tyson Golden Foods Poultry (Thailand) Limited
Thailand
Tyson Golden Poultry Siam (Thailand) Limited
Thailand
Tyson Hog Markets, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson India Holdings Ltd.
Mauritius
Exhibit 21
Tyson International (Malaysia) SDN. BHD.
Malaysia
Tyson International APAC Ltd.
Thailand
Tyson International Company, Ltd.
Bermuda
Tyson International Holding Company
Delaware
Tyson International Holdings Sárl
Luxembourg
Tyson International Service Center, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson International Service Center, Inc. Asia
Delaware
Tyson International Service Center, Inc. Europe
Delaware
Tyson IT Solutions Private Limited
India
Tyson Mexican Original, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Mexico Trading Company S. de R.L. de CV.
Mexico
Tyson New Ventures, LLC
Delaware
Tyson of Wisconsin, LLC
Delaware
Tyson Opportunity Zone Fund, LLC
Delaware
Tyson Poultry (Thailand) Limited
Thailand
Tyson Poultry, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Prepared Foods, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Processing Services, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Refrigerated Processed Meats, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Sales and Distribution, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Service Center Corp.
Delaware
Tyson Shared Services, Inc.
Delaware
Tyson Storm Lake Holdings, LLC
Delaware
Tyson UK Finance Limited
United Kingdom
Tyson Warehousing Services, LLC
Delaware
WBA Analytical Laboratories, Inc.
Delaware
Williams Food Works and Distribution, LLC
Tennessee
Williams Sausage Company, Inc.
Tennessee
Wilton Foods, Inc.
New York
Xamol Consultores e Servicos, Unipessoal Lta.
Portugal
Zemco Industries, Inc.
Delaware
* The names of particular subsidiaries, primarily in the Netherlands, Portugal and the United Kingdom, have been omitted because considered in aggregate as a single subsidiary,
they would not constitute, as of the end of the year covered by this report, a "significant subsidiary" as that term is defined in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act
of 1934.
Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-261080, 333-186797, 333-115380, 333-115379 and
333-115378) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-272538 and 333-237981) of Tyson Foods, Inc. of our report dated November 12, 2024 relating to the financial statements,
financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Springdale, Arkansas
November 12, 2024
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Donnie King, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Tyson Foods, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.
Date: November 12, 2024
/s/ Donnie King
Donnie King
President and Chief Executive Officer
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Curt Calaway, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Tyson Foods, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.
Date: November 12, 2024
/s/ Curt T. Calaway
Curt T. Calaway
Chief Financial Officer
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Tyson Foods, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year ended September 28, 2024, as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Donnie King, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
/s/ Donnie King
Donnie King
President and Chief Executive Officer
November 12, 2024
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Tyson Foods, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year ended September 28, 2024, as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Curt Calaway, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
/s/ Curt T. Calaway
Curt T. Calaway
Chief Financial Officer
November 12, 2024